专题十一　推理判断（试题word）_2022版教学资源包_五年高考三年模拟_2022版课标版高考总复习英语5·3B版_专题十一推理判断_专题十一推理判断（试题WORD）_试题WORD

北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
专题十一 推理判断
— 五年高考 —
A组 统一命题·课标全国卷题组
Passage 1(2021全国乙,D) 词数 366学生用书 P187
During an interview for one of my books, my interviewer said something I still think about often. Annoyed by the level of distraction(干扰) in his open
office, he said, “That's why I have a membership at the coworking space across the street—so I can focus.”His comment struck me as strange. After all,
coworking spaces also typically use an open office layout(布局). But I recently came across a study that shows why his approach works.
The researchers examined various levels of noise on participants as they completed tests of creative thinking. They were randomly divided into four
groups and exposed to various noise levels in the background, from total silence to 50 decibels(分贝), 70 decibels, and 85 decibels. The differences between
most of the groups were statistically insignificant; however, the participants in the 70 decibels group—those exposed to a level of noise similar to background
chatter in a coffee shop—significantly outperformed the other groups. Since the effects were small, this may suggest that our creative thinking does not differ
that much in response to total silence and 85 decibels of background noise.
But since the results at 70 decibels were significant, the study also suggests that the right level of background noise—not too loud and not total
silence—may actually improve one's creative thinking ability. The right level of background noise may interrupt our normal patterns of thinking just enough to
allow our imaginations to wander, without making it impossible to focus. This kind of “distracted focus”appears to be the best state for working on creative
tasks.
So why do so many of us hate our open offices? The problem may be that, in our offices, we can't stop ourselves from getting drawn into others'
conversations while we're trying to focus. Indeed, the researchers found that face-to-face interactions and conversations affect the creative process, and yet a
coworking space or a coffee shop provides a certain level of noise while also providing freedom from interruptions.
Why does the interviewer prefer a coworking space?
1.
A.It helps him concentrate.
B.It blocks out background noise.
C.It has a pleasant atmosphere.
D.It encourages face-to-face interactions.
2.Which level of background noise may promote creative thinking ability?
A.Total silence. B.50 decibels.
C.70 decibels. D.85 decibels.
3.What makes an open office unwelcome to many people?
A.Personal privacy unprotected.
B.Limited working space.
C.Restrictions on group discussion.
D.Constant interruptions.
4.What can we infer about the author from the text?
A.He's a news reporter.
B.He's an office manager.
C.He's a professional designer.
D.He's a published writer.
答案
1.A
2.C
3.D
4.D
Passage 2(2021全国甲,B) 词数 273学生用书 P187
Port Lympne Reserve, which runs a breeding(繁育)programme, has welcomed the arrival of a rare black rhino calf(犀牛幼崽). When the tiny creature
arrived on January 31, she became the 40th black rhino to be born at the reserve. And officials at Port Lympne were delighted with the new arrival,
especially as black rhinos are known for being difficult to breed in captivity(圈养).
Paul Beer, head of rhino section at Port Lympne, said:“Obviously we're all absolutely delighted to welcome another calf to our black rhino family.
She's healthy, strong and already eager to play and explore. Her mother, Solio, is a first-time mum and she is doing a fantastic job. It's still a little too cold
for them to go out into the open, but as soon as the weather warms up, I have no doubt that the little one will be out and about exploring and playing
1 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
every day.”
The adorable female calf is the second black rhino born this year at the reserve, but it is too early to tell if the calves will make good candidates to
be returned to protected areas of the wild. The first rhino to be born at Port Lympne arrived on January 5 to first-time mother Kisima and weighed about
32kg. His mother, grandmother and great grandmother were all born at the reserve and still live there.
According to the World Wildlife Fund, the global black rhino population has dropped as low as 5500, giving the rhinos a “critically endangered”
status.
Which of the following best describes the breeding programme?
1.
A.Costly. B.Controversial.
C.Ambitious. D.Successful.
2.What does Paul Beer say about the new-born rhino?
A.She loves staying with her mother.
B.She dislikes outdoor activities.
C.She is in good condition.
D.She is sensitive to heat.
3.What similar experience do Solio and Kisima have?
A.They had their first born in January.
B.They enjoyed exploring new places.
C.They lived with their grandmothers.
D.They were brought to the reserve young.
4.What can be inferred about Port Lympne Reserve?
A.The rhino section will be open to the public.
B.It aims to control the number of the animals.
C.It will continue to work with the World Wildlife Fund.
D.Some of its rhinos may be sent to the protected wild areas.
答案
1.D
2.C
3.A
4.D Passage 3(2020课标全国Ⅰ,C) 词数 322学生用书 P188
Race walking shares many fitness benefits with running, research shows, while most likely contributing to fewer injuries. It does, however, have its own
problem.
Race walkers are conditioned athletes. The longest track and field event at the Summer Olympics is the 50-kilometer race walk, which is about five
miles longer than the marathon. But the sport's rules require that a race walker's knees stay straight through most of the leg swing and one foot remain in
contact(接触) with the ground at all times. It's this strange form that makes race walking such an attractive activity, however, says Jaclyn Norberg, an assistant
professor of exercise science at Salem State University in Salem, Mass.
Like running, race walking is physically demanding, she says. According to most calculations, race walkers moving at a pace of six miles per hour
would burn about 800 calories(卡路里) per hour, which is approximately twice as many as they would burn walking, although fewer than running, which
would probably burn about 1,000 or more calories per hour.
However, race walking does not pound the body as much as running does, Dr. Norberg says. According to her research, runners hit the ground with
as much as four times their body weight per step, while race walkers, who do not leave the ground, create only about 1.4 times their body weight with each
step.
As a result, she says, some of the injuries associated with running, such as runner's knee, are uncommon among race walkers. But the sport's strange
form does place considerable stress on the ankles and hips, so people with a history of such injuries might want to be cautious in adopting the sport. In fact,
anyone wishing to try race walking should probably first consult a coach or experienced racer to learn proper technique, she says. It takes some practice.
Why are race walkers conditioned athletes?
1.
A.They must run long distances.
B.They are qualified for the marathon.
C.They have to follow special rules.
D.They are good at swinging their legs.
2.What advantage does race walking have over running?
A.It's more popular at the Olympics.
B.It's less challenging physically.
C.It's more effective in body building.
2 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
D.It's less likely to cause knee injuries.
3.What is Dr. Norberg's suggestion for someone trying race walking?
A.Getting experts' opinions.
B.Having a medical checkup.
C.Hiring an experienced coach.
D.Doing regular exercises.
4.Which word best describes the author's attitude to race walking?
A.Skeptical. B.Objective.
C.Tolerant. D.Conservative.
答案
1.C
2.D
3.A
4.B
Passage 4(2020课标全国Ⅱ,D) 词数 345学生用书 P188
I have a special place in my heart for libraries. I have for as long as I can remember. I was always an enthusiastic reader, sometimes reading up to
three books a day as a child. Stories were like air to me and while other kids played ball or went to parties, I lived out adventures through the books I
checked out from the library.
My first job was working at the Ukiah Library when I was 16 years old. It was a dream job and I did everything from shelving books to reading to
the children for story time.
As I grew older and became a mother, the library took on a new place and an added meaning in my life. I had several children and books were our
main source(来源)of entertainment. It was a big deal for us to load up and go to the local library, where my kids could pick out books to read or books
they wanted me to read to them.
I always read, using different voices, as though I were acting out the stories with my voice and they loved it! It was a special time to bond with my
children and it filled them with the wonderment of books.
Now, I see my children taking their children to the library and I love that the excitement of going to the library lives on from generation to
generation.
As a novelist, I've found a new relationship with libraries. I encourage readers to go to their local library when they can't afford to purchase a book.
I see libraries as a safe haven(避风港)for readers and writers, a bridge that helps put together a reader with a book. Libraries, in their own way, help fight
book piracy(盗版行为)and I think all writers should support libraries in a significant way when they can. Encourage readers to use the library. Share library
announcements on your social media. Frequent them and talk about them when you can.
Which word best describes the author's relationship with books as a child?
1.
A.Cooperative. B.Uneasy.
C.Inseparable. D.Casual.
2.What does the underlined phrase “an added meaning” in paragraph 3 refer to?
A.Pleasure from working in the library.
B.Joy of reading passed on in the family.
C.Wonderment from acting out the stories.
D.A closer bond developed with the readers.
3.What does the author call on other writers to do?
A.Sponsor book fairs. B.Write for social media.
C.Support libraries. D.Purchase her novels.
4.Which can be a suitable title for the text?
A.Reading:A Source of Knowledge
B.My Idea about Writing
C.Library:A Haven for the Young
D.My Love of the Library
答案
1.C
3 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
2.B
3.C
4.D
Passage 5(2020课标全国Ⅲ,C) 词数 346学生用书 P189
With the young unable to afford to leave home and the old at risk of isolation(孤独), more families are choosing to live together.
The doorway to peace and quiet, for Nick Bright at least, leads straight to his mother-in-law: she lives on the ground floor, while he lives upstairs
with his wife and their two daughters.
Four years ago they all moved into a three-storey Victorian house in Bristol—one of a growing number of multigenerational families in the UK living
together under the same roof. They share a front door and a washing machine, but Rita Whitehead has her own kitchen, bathroom, bedroom and living room
on the ground floor.
“We floated the idea to my mum of sharing a house,” says Kathryn Whitehead. Rita cuts in:“We spoke more with Nick because I think it's a big
thing for Nick to live with his mother-in-law.”
And what does Nick think? “From my standpoint, it all seems to work very well. Would I recommend it? Yes, I think I would.”
It's hard to tell exactly how many people agree with him, but research indicates that the numbers have been rising for some time. Official reports
suggest that the number of households with three generations living together had risen from 325,000 in 2001 to 419,000 in 2013.
Other varieties of multigenerational family are more common. Some people live with their elderly parents; many more adult children are returning to
the family home, if they ever left. It is said that about 20% of 25-34-year-olds live with their parents, compared with 16% in 1991. The total number of all
multigenerational households in Britain is thought to be about 1.8 million.
Stories like that are more common in parts of the world where multigenerational living is more firmly rooted. In India, particularly outside cities,
young women are expected to move in with their husband's family when they get married.
Who mainly uses the ground floor in the Victorian house in Bristol?
1.
A.Nick. B.Rita.
C.Kathryn. D.The daughters.
2.What is Nick's attitude towards sharing the house with his mother-in-law?
A.Positive. B.Carefree. C.Tolerant. D.Unwilling.
3.What is the author's statement about multigenerational family based on?
A.Family traditions.
B.Financial reports.
C.Published statistics.
D.Public opinions.
4.What is the text mainly about?
A.Lifestyles in different countries.
B.Conflicts between generations.
C.A housing problem in Britain.
D.A rising trend of living in the UK.
答案
1.B
2.A
3.C
4.D
Passage 6(2019课标全国Ⅰ,C) 词数 261学生用书 P189
As data and identity theft becomes more and more common, the market is growing for biometric(生物测量)technologies—like fingerprint scans—to keep
others out of private e-spaces. At present, these technologies are still expensive, though.
Researchers from Georgia Tech say that they have come up with a low-cost device(装置)that gets around this problem:a smart keyboard. This smart
keyboard precisely measures the cadence(节奏)with which one types and the pressure fingers apply to each key. The keyboard could offer a strong layer of
security by analyzing things like the force of a user's typing and the time between key presses. These patterns are unique to each person. Thus, the keyboard
can determine people's identities, and by extension, whether they should be given access to the computer it's connected to—regardless of whether someone
gets the password right.
It also doesn't require a new type of technology that people aren't already familiar with. Everybody uses a keyboard and everybody types differently.
In a study describing the technology, the researchers had 100 volunteers type the word “touch” four times using the smart keyboard. Data collected
from the device could be used to recognize different participants based on how they typed, with very low error rates. The researchers say that the keyboard
should be pretty straightforward to commercialize and is mostly made of inexpensive, plastic-like parts. The team hopes to make it to market in the near
future.
Why do the researchers develop the smart keyboard?
1.
A.To reduce pressure on keys.
B.To improve accuracy in typing.
4 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
C.To replace the password system.
D.To cut the cost of e-space protection.
2.What makes the invention of the smart keyboard possible?
A.Computers are much easier to operate.
B.Fingerprint scanning techniques develop fast.
C.Typing patterns vary from person to person.
D.Data security measures are guaranteed.
3.What do the researchers expect of the smart keyboard?
A.It'll be environment-friendly.
B.It'll reach consumers soon.
C.It'll be made of plastics.
D.It'll help speed up typing.
4.Where is this text most likely from?
A.A diary. B.A guidebook.
C.A novel. D.A magazine.
答案
1.D
2.C
3.B
4.D
Passage 7(2019课标全国Ⅲ,C) 词数 313学生用书 P190
Before the 1830s, most newspapers were sold through annual subscriptions in America, usually $8 to $10 a year. Today $8 or $10 seems a small amount
of money, but at that time these amounts were forbidding to most citizens. Accordingly, newspapers were read almost only by rich people in politics or the
trades. In addition, most newspapers had little in them that would appeal to a mass audience. They were dull and visually forbidding. But the revolution that
was taking place in the 1830s would change all that.
The trend, then, was toward the “penny paper”—a term referring to papers made widely available to the public. It meant any inexpensive
newspaper; perhaps more importantly it meant newspapers that could be bought in single copies on the street.
This development did not take place overnight. It had been possible(but not easy) to buy single copies of newspapers before 1830, but this usually
meant the reader had to go down to the printer's office to purchase a copy. Street sales were almost unknown. However, within a few years, street sales of
newspapers would be commonplace in eastern cities. At first the price of single copies was seldom a penny—usually two or three cents was charged—and
some of the older well-known papers charged five or six cents. But the phrase “penny paper” caught the public's fancy, and soon there would be papers
that did indeed sell for only a penny.
This new trend of newspapers for “the man on the street” did not begin well. Some of the early ventures(企业) were immediate failures. Publishers
already in business, people who were owners of successful papers, had little desire to change the tradition. It took a few youthful and daring businessmen to
get the ball rolling.
Which of the following best describes newspapers in America before the 1830s?
1.
A.Academic. B.Unattractive.
C.Inexpensive. D.Confidential.
2.What did street sales mean to newspapers?
A.They would be priced higher.
B.They would disappear from cities.
C.They could have more readers.
D.They could regain public trust.
3.Who were the newspapers of the new trend targeted at?
A.Local politicians. B.Common people.
C.Young publishers. D.Rich businessmen.
4.What can we say about the birth of the penny paper?
A.It was a difficult process.
5 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
B.It was a temporary success.
C.It was a robbery of the poor.
D.It was a disaster for printers.
答案
1.B
2.C
3.B
4.A Passage 8(2019课标全国Ⅲ,D) 词数 329学生用书 P190
Monkeys seem to have a way with numbers.
A team of researchers trained three Rhesus monkeys to associate 26 clearly different symbols consisting of numbers and selective letters with 0~25
drops of water or juice as a reward. The researchers then tested how the monkeys combined—or added—the symbols to get the reward.
Here's how Harvard Medical School scientist Margaret Livingstone, who led the team, described the experiment: In their cages the monkeys were
provided with touch screens. On one part of the screen, a symbol would appear, and on the other side two symbols inside a circle were shown. For example,
the number 7 would flash on one side of the screen and the other end would have 9 and 8. If the monkeys touched the left side of the screen they would
be rewarded with seven drops of water or juice; if they went for the circle, they would be rewarded with the sum of the numbers—17 in this example.
After running hundreds of tests, the researchers noted that the monkeys would go for the higher values more than half the time, indicating that they
were performing a calculation, not just memorizing the value of each combination.
When the team examined the results of the experiment more closely, they noticed that the monkeys tended to underestimate(低估) a sum compared
with a single symbol when the two were close in value—sometimes choosing, for example, a 13 over the sum of 8 and 6. The underestimation was
systematic: When adding two numbers, the monkeys always paid attention to the larger of the two, and then added only a fraction(小部分) of the smaller
number to it.
“This indicates that there is a certain way quantity is represented in their brains,” Dr. Livingstone says.“But in this experiment what they're doing
is paying more attention to the big number than the little one.”
What did the researchers do to the monkeys before testing them?
1.
A.They fed them. B.They named them.
C.They trained them. D.They measured them.
2.How did the monkeys get their reward in the experiment?
A.By drawing a circle. B.By touching a screen.
C.By watching videos. D.By mixing two drinks.
3.What did Livingstone's team find about the monkeys?
A.They could perform basic addition.
B.They could understand simple words.
C.They could memorize numbers easily.
D.They could hold their attention for long.
4.In which section of a newspaper may this text appear?
A.Entertainment. B.Health.
C.Education. D.Science.
答案
1.C
2.B
3.A
4.D
Passage 9(2018课标全国Ⅰ,D) 词数 351学生用书 P191
We may think we're a culture that gets rid of our worn technology at the first sight of something shiny and new, but a new study shows that we keep
using our old devices(装置) well after they go out of style. That's bad news for the environment—and our wallets—as these outdated devices consume much
more energy than the newer ones that do the same things.
To figure out how much power these devices are using, Callie Babbitt and her colleagues at the Rochester Institute of Technology in New York
tracked the environmental costs for each product throughout its life—from when its minerals are mined to when we stop using the device. This method
provided a readout for how home energy use has evolved since the early 1990s. Devices were grouped by generation. Desktop computers, basic mobile
phones, and box-set TVs defined 1992. Digital cameras arrived on the scene in 1997. And MP3 players, smartphones, and LCD TVs entered homes in 2002,
before tablets and e-readers showed up in 2007.
As we accumulated more devices, however, we didn't throw out our old ones. “The living-room television is replaced and gets planted in the kids'
room, and suddenly one day, you have a TV in every room of the house,”said one researcher. The average number of electronic devices rose from four per
household in 1992 to 13 in 2007. We're not just keeping these old devices—we continue to use them. According to the analysis of Babbitt's team, old
6 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
desktop monitors and box TVs with cathode ray tubes are the worst devices with their energy consumption and contribution to greenhouse gas emissions(排放)
more than doubling during the 1992 to 2007 window.
So what's the solution(解决方案)?The team's data only went up to 2007, but the researchers also explored what would happen if consumers replaced
old products with new electronics that serve more than one function, such as a tablet for word processing and TV viewing. They found that more on-demand
entertainment viewing on tablets instead of TVs and desktop computers could cut energy consumption by 44%.
What does the author think of new devices?
1.
A.They are environment-friendly.
B.They are no better than the old.
C.They cost more to use at home.
D.They go out of style quickly.
2.Why did Babbitt's team conduct the research?
A.To reduce the cost of minerals.
B.To test the life cycle of a product.
C.To update consumers on new technology.
D.To find out electricity consumption of the devices.
3.Which of the following uses the least energy?
A.The box-set TV. B.The tablet.
C.The LCD TV. D.The desktop computer.
4.What does the text suggest people do about old electronic devices?
A.Stop using them. B.Take them apart.
C.Upgrade them. D.Recycle them.
答案
1.A
2.D
3.B
4.A
Passage 10(2018课标全国Ⅲ,C) 词数 209学生用书 P191
While famous foreign architects are invited to lead the designs of landmark buildings in China such as the new CCTV tower and the National Center for
the Performing Arts, many excellent Chinese architects are making great efforts to take the center stage.
Their efforts have been proven fruitful. Wang Shu, a 49-year-old Chinese architect, won the 2012 Pritzker Architecture Prize—which is often referred
to as the Nobel Prize in architecture—on February 28. He is the first Chinese citizen to win this award.
Wang serves as head of the Architecture Department at the China Academy of Art(CAA). His office is located at the Xiangshan campus(校园) of the
university in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province. Many buildings on the campus are his original creations.
The style of the campus is quite different from that of most Chinese universities. Many visitors were amazed by the complex architectural space and
abundant building types. The curves(曲线) of the buildings perfectly match the rise and fall of hills, forming a unique view.
Wang collected more than 7 million abandoned bricks of different ages. He asked the workers to use traditional techniques to make the bricks into
walls, roofs and corridors. This creation attracted a lot of attention thanks to its mixture of modern and traditional Chinese elements(元素).
Wang's works show a deep understanding of modern architecture and a good knowledge of traditions. Through such a balance, he had created a new
type of Chinese architecture, said Tadao Ando, the winner of the 1995 Pritzker Prize.
Wang believes traditions should not be sealed in glass boxes at museums. “That is only evidence that traditions once existed,”he said.
“Many Chinese people have a misunderstanding of traditions. They think tradition means old things from the past. In fact, tradition also refers to the
things that have been developing and that are still being created,”he said.
“Today, many Chinese people are learning Western styles and theories rather than focusing on Chinese traditions. Many people tend to talk about
traditions without knowing what they really are,”said Wang.
The study of traditions should be combined with practice. Otherwise, the recreation of traditions would be artificial and empty, he said.
Wang's winning of the prize means that Chinese architects are .
1.
A.following the latest world trend
B.getting international recognition
C.working harder than ever before
D.relying on foreign architects
2.What impressed visitors to the CAA Xiangshan campus most?
A.Its hilly environment. B.Its large size.
C.Its unique style. D.Its diverse functions.
7 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
3.What made Wang's architectural design a success?
A.The mixture of different shapes.
B.The balance of East and West.
C.The use of popular techniques.
D.The harmony of old and new.
4.What should we do about Chinese traditions according to Wang?
A.Spread them to the world.
B.Preserve them at museums.
C.Teach them in universities.
D.Recreate them in practice.
答案
1.B
2.C
3.D
4.D
Passage 11(2017课标全国Ⅰ,B) 词数 290学生用书 P192
I work with Volunteers for Wildlife, a rescue and education organization at Bailey Arboretum in Locust Valley. Trying to help injured, displaced or sick
creatures can be heartbreaking;survival is never certain. However, when it works, it is simply beautiful.
I got a rescue call from a woman in Muttontown. She had found a young owl(猫头鹰)on the ground. When Iarrived, I saw a 2- to 3-week-old owl.
It had already been placed in a carrier for safety.
I examined the chick(雏鸟)and it seemed fine. If I could locate the nest, I might have been able to put it back, but no luck. My next work was to
construct a nest and anchor it in a tree.
The homeowner was very helpful. A wire basket was found. I put some pine branches into the basket to make this nest safe and comfortable. I
placed the chick in the nest, and it quickly calmed down.
Now all that was needed were the parents, but they were absent. I gave the homeowner a recording of the hunger screams of owl chicks. These
advertise the presence of chicks to adults;they might also encourage our chick to start calling as well. I gave the owner as much information as possible and
headed home to see what news the night might bring.
A nervous night to be sure, but sometimes the spirits of nature smile on us all!The homeowner called to say that the parents had responded to the
recordings. I drove over and saw the chick in the nest looking healthy and active. And it was accompanied in the nest by the greatest sight of all—LUNCH!
The parents had done their duty and would probably continue to do so.
What is unavoidable in the author's rescue work according to paragraph 1?
1.
A.Efforts made in vain.
B.Getting injured in his work.
C.Feeling uncertain about his future.
D.Creatures forced out of their homes.
2.Why was the author called to Muttontown?
A.To rescue a woman.
B.To take care of a woman.
C.To look at a baby owl.
D.To cure a young owl.
3.What made the chick calm down?
A.A new nest. B.Some food.
C.A recording. D.Its parents.
4.How would the author feel about the outcome of the event?
A.It's unexpected.
B.It's beautiful.
C.It's humorous.
D.It's discouraging.
答案
1.A
8 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
2.C
3.A
4.B
B组 新高考卷、省(区、市)卷题组
Passage 1(2021新高考Ⅰ,B) 词数 363学生用书 P193
By day, Robert Titterton is a lawyer. In his spare time though he goes on stage beside pianist Maria Raspopova—not as a musician but as her page
turner. “I'm not a trained musician, but I've learnt to read music so I can help Maria in her performance.”
Mr Titterton is chairman of the Omega Ensemble but has been the group's official page turner for the past four years. His job is to sit beside the
pianist and turn the pages of the score so the musician doesn't have to break the flow of sound by doing it themselves. He said he became just as nervous
as those playing instruments on stage.
“A lot of skills are needed for the job.You have to make sure you don't turn two pages at once and make sure you find the repeats in the music
when you have to go back to the right spot,”Mr Titterton explained.
Being a page turner requires plenty of practice. Some pieces of music can go for 40 minutes and require up to 50 page turns, including back turns
for repeat passages. Silent onstage communication is key, and each pianist has their own style of “nodding” to indicate a page turn which they need to
practise with their page turner.
But like all performances, there are moments when things go wrong. “I was turning the page to get ready for the next page, but the draft wind
from the turn caused the spare pages to fall off the stand,” Mr Titterton said. “Luckily I was able to catch them and put them back.”
Most page turners are piano students or up-and-coming concert pianists, although Ms Raspopova has once asked her husband to help her out on stage.
“My husband is the worst page turner,” she laughed. “He's interested in the music, feeling every note, and I have to say:‘Turn,
turn!’”“Robert is the best page turner I've had in my entire life.”
What should Titterton be able to do to be a page turner?
1.
A.Read music. B.Play the piano.
C.Sing songs. D.Fix the instruments.
2.Which of the following best describes Titterton's job on stage?
A.Boring. B.Well-paid.
C.Demanding. D.Dangerous.
3.What does Titterton need to practise?
A.Counting the pages.
B.Recognizing the “nodding”.
C.Catching falling objects.
D.Performing in his own style.
4.Why is Ms Raspopova's husband “the worst page turner”?
A.He has very poor eyesight.
B.He ignores the audience.
C.He has no interest in music.
D.He forgets to do his job.
答案
1.A
2.C
3.B
4.D
Passage 2(2020新高考Ⅰ,B) 词数345学生用书 P193
Jennifer Mauer has needed more willpower than the typical college student to pursue her goal of earning a nursing degree. That willpower bore fruit
when Jennifer graduated from University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire and became the first in her large family to earn a bachelor's degree.
Mauer, of Edgar, Wisconsin, grew up on a farm in a family of 10 children. Her dad worked at a job away from the farm, and her mother ran the
farm with the kids. After high school, Jennifer attended a local technical college, working to pay her tuition (学费), because there was no extra money set
aside for a college education. After graduation, she worked to help her sisters and brothers pay for their schooling.
Jennifer now is married and has three children of her own. She decided to go back to college to advance her career and to be able to better support
her family while doing something she loves:nursing. She chose the UW-Eau Claire program at Ministry Saint Joseph's Hospital in Marshfield because she was
able to pursue her four-year degree close to home. She could drive to class and be home in the evening to help with her kids. Jennifer received great
support from her family as she worked to earn her degree:Her husband worked two jobs to cover the bills, and her 68-year-old mother helped take care of
the children at times.
Through it all, she remained in good academic standing and graduated with honors. Jennifer sacrificed(牺牲) to achieve her goal, giving up many
nights with her kids and missing important events to study.“Some nights my heart was breaking to have to pick between my kids and studying for exams or
9 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
papers,” she says. However, her children have learned an important lesson witnessing their mother earn her degree. Jennifer is a first-generation graduate and
an inspiration to her family—and that's pretty powerful.
What did Jennifer do after high school?
1.
A.She helped her dad with his work.
B.She ran the family farm on her own.
C.She supported herself through college.
D.She taught her sisters and brothers at home.
2.Why did Jennifer choose the program at Ministry Saint Joseph's Hospital in Marshfield?
A.To take care of her kids easily.
B.To learn from the best nurses.
C.To save money for her parents.
D.To find a well-paid job there.
3.What did Jennifer sacrifice to achieve her goal?
A.Her health. B.Her time with family.
C.Her reputation. D.Her chance of promotion.
4.What can we learn from Jennifer's story?
A.Time is money.
B.Love breaks down barriers.
C.Hard work pays off.
D.Education is the key to success.
答案
1.C
2.A
3.B
4.C
Passage 3(2020新高考Ⅰ,C) 词数312学生用书 P194
In the mid-1990s, Tom Bissell taught English as a volunteer in Uzbekistan. He left after seven months, physically broken and having lost his mind. A
few years later, still attracted to the country, he returned to Uzbekistan to write an article about the disappearance of the Aral Sea.
His visit, however, ended up involving a lot more than that. Hence this book, Chasing the Sea:Lost Among the Ghosts of Empire in Central Asia,
which talks about a road trip from Tashkent to Karakalpakstan, where millions of lives have been destroyed by the slow drying up of the sea. It is the story
of an American travelling to a strange land, and of the people he meets on his way:Rustam, his translator, a lovely 24-year-old who picked up his colorful
English in California, Oleg and Natasha, his hosts in Tashkent, and a string of foreign aid workers.
This is a quick look at life in Uzbekistan, made of friendliness and warmth, but also its darker side of society. In Samarkand, Mr Bissell admires the
architectural wonders, while on his way to Bukhara he gets a taste of police methods when suspected of drug dealing. In Ferghana, he attends a mountain
funeral (葬礼) followed by a strange drinking party. And in Karakalpakstan, he is saddened by the dust storms, diseases and fishing boats stuck miles from
the sea.
Mr Bissell skillfully organizes historical insights and cultural references, making his tale a well-rounded picture of Uzbekistan, seen from Western eyes.
His judgment and references are decidedly American, as well as his delicate stomach. As the author explains, this is neither a travel nor a history book, or
even a piece of reportage. Whatever it is, the result is a fine and vivid description of the purest of Central Asian traditions.
What made Mr Bissell return to Uzbekistan?
1.
A.His friends' invitation.
B.His interest in the country.
C.His love for teaching.
D.His desire to regain health.
2.What does the underlined word “that” in paragraph 2 refer to?
A.Developing a serious mental disease.
B.Taking a guided tour in Central Asia.
C.Working as a volunteer in Uzbekistan.
D.Writing an article about the Aral Sea.
3.Which of the following best describes Mr Bissell's road trip in Uzbekistan?
10 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
A.Romantic. B.Eventful.
C.Pleasant. D.Dangerous.
4.What is the purpose of this text?
A.To introduce a book.
B.To explain a cultural phenomenon.
C.To remember a writer.
D.To recommend a travel destination.
答案
1.B
2.D
3.B
4.A
Passage 4(2020北京,B) 词数346 学生用书 P194
Baggy has become the first dog in the UK—and potentially the world—to join the fight against air pollution by recording pollutant levels near the
ground.
Baggy wears a pollution monitor on her collar so she can take data measurements close to the ground. Her monitor has shown that air pollution
levels are higher closer to ground level, which has helped highlight concerns that babies and young kids may be at higher risk of developing lung problems.
Conventional air pollution monitors are normally fixed on lampposts at about nine feet in the air. However, since Baggy stands at about the same
height as a child in a pushchair (婴儿车), she frequently records pollution levels which are much higher than the data gathered by the Environment Agency.
The doggy data research was the idea of Baggy's 13-year-old owner Tom Hunt and his dad Matt. The English youngster noticed that pollution levels
are around two-thirds higher close to the ground than they are in the air at the height where they are recorded by the agency. Tom has since reported the
shocking findings to the government in an attempt to emphasise that babies are at higher risk of developing asthma (哮喘).
Matt Hunt said he was “very proud” of his son because “when the boy gets an idea, he keeps his head down and gets on with it, and he really
does want to do some good and stop young kids from getting asthma.”
“Tom built up a passion for environmental protection at a very early age,” Matt added. “He became very interested in gadgets (小装置). About
one year ago, he got this new piece of tech which is like a test tube. One Sunday afternoon, we went out to do some monitoring, and he said, ‘why don't
we put it on Baggy's collar and let her monitor the pollution?' So we did it.”
Tom said, “Most of the time, Baggy is just like any other dog. But for the rest of the time she is a super dog, and we are all really proud of
her.”
With a monitor on her collar, Baggy can .
1.
A.take pollutant readings B.record pollutant levels
C.process collected data D.reduce air pollution
2.What can we learn from the Baggy data?
A.High places are free of air pollution.
B.Higher pushchairs are more risky for kids.
C.Conventional monitors are more reliable.
D.Air is more polluted closer to the ground.
3.What is Tom's purpose of doing the research?
A.To warn of a health risk.
B.To find out pollution sources.
C.To test his new monitor.
D.To prove Baggy's abilities.
4.According to the passage, which word can best describe Tom Hunt?
A.Modest. B.Generous. C.Creative. D.Outgoing.
11 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
答案
1.B
2.D
3.A
4.C
Passage 5(2020天津,B) 词数479 学生用书 P195
“They tell me that you'd like to make a statue(塑像) of me—is that correct, Miss Vinnie Ream?”
The deep, gentle voice helped calm the nervous girl. Asking a favor of the President of the United States was no casual matter, especially for a
seventeen-year-old girl.
“Yes, sir,” she replied, her dark eyes meeting his. “I wouldn't have dared to ask you, but my teacher, Mr. Mills, says I am ready. I plan to make
it in an admirable manner.”
President Lincoln smiled. “Painters, sculptors—they've all tried to make the best of this ordinary face, but I'm afraid there's not much hope. What
did you have in mind, Miss Ream? A bust(半身像)?”
Before Vinnie could say yes, the President hurried on, a shade of apology in his voice. “Of course—I shouldn't have asked. A full-length pose
would be much too big a project for a young woman your size.”
Vinnie's face turned red. She realized she looked like a child, with her tiny figure. “Small does not mean weak, sir,” she defended herself. “I was
born in the country of Wisconsin. I've driven teams of horses and carried water. Making a full-length clay(粘土) figure would not exhaust my strength—and
that is what I intend to do!”
The President's eyes brightened at her show of spirit. “Sorry, madam, I have underestimated you as I didn't know your background.”
But his smile faded as he rubbed his beard with bony fingers, in thought. “Miss Ream,” he sighed, “I'd like to let you do it, but as you know,
we are in the middle of a war. How could I possibly take the time to pose for a sculpture now? I hardly have a minute to myself.”
Vinnie glanced around and noted the size of his office. “I work quickly,” she said. Her voice was soft but confident as she pointed to the corner
near the windows. “If I were to bring my clay here and work for three hours every afternoon, I could complete most of the project while you are at your
desk.”
The President seemed to consider her idea seriously. He got up and shook Vinnie's hand warmly, “I've heard that you are a talented young woman,
and I have found you charming and intelligent as well. I cannot make my decision immediately, but you will hear from me soon.”
The very next day, Vinnie received an invitation from the President.
What gave Vinnie confidence to make her request of President Lincoln?
1.
A.Her aggressive personality.
B.Mr. Mills's encouraging remark.
C.President Lincoln's gentle voice.
D.Her interest in a challenging job.
2.How did President Lincoln first respond to Vinnie's request?
A.Pleased. B.Thrilled. C.Regretful. D.Doubtful.
3.Vinnie confirmed her ability to make a full-length statue by highlighting .
A.her experience from other projects
B.her innocent childhood in the country
C.the heavy labor she had done before
D.the skill she picked up in Wisconsin
4.Vinnie wanted to choose the corner near the windows to .
A.achieve effects of natural lighting
B.keep all her tools within easy reach
C.observe the President at a right angle
D.avoid disturbing the President's work
5.What message does the story convey?
A.A strong-willed soul can reach his goal.
B.Experience helps to promote excellence.
C.Ups and downs make one strong.
D.Devotion requires enthusiasm.
答案
1.B
2.D
3.C
12 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
4.D
5.A
Passage 6(2020江苏,B) 词数 408学生用书 P195
Sometimes it's hard to let go. For many British people, that can apply to institutions and objects that represent their country's past—age-old castles,
splendid homes...and red phone boxes.
Beaten first by the march of technology and lately by the terrible weather in junkyards(废品场), the phone boxes representative of an age are now
making something of a comeback. Adapted in imaginative ways, many have reappeared on city streets and village greens housing tiny cafes, cellphone repair
shops or even defibrillator machines(除颤器).
The original iron boxes with the round roofs first appeared in 1926. They were designed by Giles Gilbert Scott, the architect of the Battersea Power
Station in London. After becoming an important part of many British streets, the phone boxes began disappearing in the 1980s, with the rise of the mobile
phone sending most of them away to the junkyards.
About that time, Tony Inglis' engineering and transport company got the job to remove phone boxes from the streets and sell them out. But Inglis
ended up buying hundreds of them himself, with the idea of repairing and selling them. He said that he had heard the calls to preserve the boxes and had
seen how some of them were listed as historic buildings.
As Inglis and, later other businessmen, got to work, repurposed phone boxes began reappearing in cities and villages as people found new uses for
them. Today, they are once again a familiar sight, playing roles that are often just as important for the community as their original purpose.
In rural areas, where ambulances can take a relatively long time to arrive, the phone boxes have taken on a lifesaving role. Local organizations can
adopt them for 1 pound, and install defibrillators to help in emergencies.
Others also looked at the phone boxes and saw business opportunities. LoveFone, a company that advocates repairing cellphones rather than
abandoning them, opened a mini workshop in a London phone box in 2016.
The tiny shops made economic sense, according to Robert Kerr, a founder of LoveFone. He said that one of the boxes generated around $13,500 in
revenue a month and cost only about $400 to rent.
Inglis said phone boxes called to mind an age when things were built to last.“I like what they are to people, and I enjoy bringing things back,”he
said.
The phone boxes are making a comeback .
1.
A.to form a beautiful sight of the city
B.to improve telecommunications services
C.to remind people of a historical period
D.to meet the requirement of green economy
2.Why did the phone boxes begin to go out of service in the 1980s?
A.They were not well-designed.
B.They provided bad services.
C.They had too short a history.
D.They lost to new technologies.
3.The phone boxes are becoming popular mainly because of .
A.their new appearance and lower prices
B.the push of the local organizations
C.their changed roles and functions
D.the big funding of the businessmen
答案
1.C
2.D
3.C
Passage 7(2019天津,C) 词数 379学生用书 P196
How does an ecosystem(生态系统) work? What makes the populations of different species the way they are? Why are there so many flies and so few
wolves? To find an answer, scientists have built mathematical models of food webs, noting who eats whom and how much each one eats.
With such models, scientists have found out some key principles operating in food webs. Most food webs, for instance, consist of many weak links
rather than a few strong ones. When a predator(掠食动物) always eats huge numbers of a single prey(猎物), the two species are strongly linked; when a
predator lives on various species, they are weakly linked. Food webs may be dominated by many weak links because that arrangement is more stable over
the long term. If a predator can eat several species, it can survive the extinction(灭绝)of one of them. And if a predator can move on to another species that
is easier to find when a prey species becomes rare, the switch allows the original prey to recover. The weak links may thus keep species from driving one
another to extinction.
Mathematical models have also revealed that food webs may be unstable, where small changes of top predators can lead to big effects throughout
entire ecosystems. In the 1960s, scientists proposed that predators at the top of a food web had a surprising amount of control over the size of populations of
other species—including species they did not directly attack.
And unplanned human activities have proved the idea of top-down control by top predators to be true. In the ocean, we fished for top predators such
as cod on an industrial scale, while on land, we killed off large predators such as wolves. These actions have greatly affected the ecological balance.
Scientists have built an early-warning system based on mathematical models. Ideally, the system would tell us when to adapt human activities that are
pushing an ecosystem toward a breakdown or would even allow us to pull an ecosystem back from the borderline. Prevention is key, scientists say, because
13 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
once ecosystems pass their tipping point(临界点), it is remarkably difficult for them to return.
What have scientists discovered with the help of mathematical models of food webs?
1.
A.The living habits of species in food webs.
B.The rules governing food webs of the ecosystems.
C.The approaches to studying the species in the ecosystems.
D.The differences between weak and strong links in food webs.
2.A strong link is found between two species when a predator .
A.has a wide food choice
B.can easily find new prey
C.sticks to one prey species
D.can quickly move to another place
3.What will happen if the populations of top predators in a food web greatly decline?
A.The prey species they directly attack will die out.
B.The species they indirectly attack will turn into top predators.
C.The living environment of other species will remain unchanged.
D.The populations of other species will experience unexpected changes.
4.What conclusion can be drawn from the examples in Paragraph 4?
A.Uncontrolled human activities greatly upset ecosystems.
B.Rapid economic development threatens animal habitats.
C.Species of commercial value dominate other species.
D.Industrial activities help keep food webs stable.
5.How does an early-warning system help us maintain the ecological balance?
A.By getting illegal practices under control.
B.By stopping us from killing large predators.
C.By bringing the broken-down ecosystems back to normal.
D.By signaling the urgent need for taking preventive action.
答案
1.B
2.C
3.D
4.A
5.D
Passage 8(2019北京,B) 词数 209学生用书 P197
Alice Moore is a teenager entrepreneur(创业者), who in May 2015 set up her business AilieCandy. By the time she was 13, her company was worth
millions of dollars with the invention of a super-sweet treat that could save kids' teeth, instead of destroying them.
It all began when Moore visited a bank with her dad. On the outing, she was offered a candy bar. However, her dad reminded her that sugary treats
were bad for her teeth. But Moore was sick of missing out on candies. So she desired to get round the warning, “Why can't I make a healthy candy that's
good for my teeth so that my parents can't say no to it?”With that in mind, Moore asked her dad if she could start her own candy company. He
recommended that she do some research and talk to dentists about what a healthier candy would contain.
With her dad's permission, she spent the next two years researching online and conducting trials to get a recipe that was both tasty and tooth-friendly.
She also approached dentists to learn more about teeth cleaning. Consequently, she succeeded in making a kind of candy only using natural sweeteners, which
can reduce oral bacteria.
14 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Moore then used her savings to get her business off the ground. Afterwards, she and her father secured their first business meeting with a
supermarket owner, who finally agreed to sell Moore's product—CanCandy.
As CanCandy's success grows, so does Moore's credibility as a young entrepreneur. Moore is enthusiastic about the candy she created, and she's also
positive about what the future might bring. She hopes that every kid can have a clean mouth and a broad smile.
Meanwhile, with her parents' help, Moore is generally able to live a normal teenage life. Although she founded her company early on in life, she
wasn't driven primarily by profit. Moore wants to use her unique talent to help others find their smiles. She donates 10% of AilieCandy's profits to Big
Smiles. With her talent and determination, it appears that the sky could be the limit for Alice Moore.
How did Moore react to her dad's warning?
1.
A.She argued with him.
B.She tried to find a way out.
C.She paid no attention.
D.She chose to consult dentists.
2.What is special about CanCandy?
A.It is beneficial to dental health.
B.It is free of sweeteners.
C.It is sweeter than other candies.
D.It is produced to a dentists' recipe.
3.What does Moore expect from her business?
A.To earn more money.
B.To help others find smiles.
C.To make herself stand out.
D.To beat other candy companies.
4.What can we learn from Alice Moore's story?
A.Fame is a great thirst of the young.
B.A youth is to be regarded with respect.
C.Positive thinking and action result in success.
D.Success means getting personal desires satisfied.
答案
1.B
2.A
3.B
4.C
Passage 9(2019江苏,C) 词数 444学生用书 P197
Who cares if people think wrongly that the internet has had more important influences than the washing machine?Why does it matter that people are
more impressed by the most recent changes?
It would not matter if these misjudgments were just a matter of people's opinions. However, they have real impacts, as they result in misguided use
of scarce resources.
The fascination with the ICT(Information and Communication Technology)revolution, represented by the internet, has made some rich countries wrongly
conclude that making things is so “yesterday” that they should try to live on ideas. This belief in “post-industrial society” has led those countries to
neglect their manufacturing sector(制造业), with negative consequences for their economies.
Even more worryingly, the fascination with the internet by people in rich countries has moved the international community to worry about the
“digital divide”between the rich countries and the poor countries. This has led companies and individuals to donate money to developing countries to buy
computer equipment and internet facilities. The question, however, is whether this is what the developing countries need the most. Perhaps giving money for
those less fashionable things such as digging wells, extending electricity networks and making more affordable washing machines would have improved
people's lives more than giving every child a laptop computer or setting up internet centres in rural villages. I am not saying that those things are necessarily
more important, but many donators have rushed into fancy programmes without carefully assessing the relative long-term costs and benefits of alternative uses
of their money.
In yet another example, a fascination with the new has led people to believe that the recent changes in the technologies of communications and
transportation are so revolutionary that now we live in a “borderless world”. As a result, in the last twenty years or so, many people have come to believe
that whatever change is happening today is the result of great technological progress, going against which will be like trying to turn the clock back. Believing
in such a world, many governments have put an end to some of the very necessary regulations on cross-border flows of capital, labour and goods, with poor
results.
Understanding technological trends is very important for correctly designing economic policies, both at the national and the international levels, and for
making the right career choices at the individual level. However, our fascination with the latest, and our under-valuation of what has already become common,
can, and has, led us in all sorts of wrong directions.
Misjudgments on the influences of new technology can lead to .
1.
15 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
A.a lack of confidence in technology
B.a slow progress in technology
C.a conflict of public opinions
D.a waste of limited resources
2.The example in Paragraph 4 suggests that donators should .
A.take people's essential needs into account
B.make their programmes attractive to people
C.ensure that each child gets financial support
D.provide more affordable internet facilities
3.What has led many governments to remove necessary regulations?
A.Neglecting the impacts of technological advances.
B.Believing that the world has become borderless.
C.Ignoring the power of economic development.
D.Over-emphasizing the role of international communication.
4.What can we learn from the passage?
A.People should be encouraged to make more donations.
B.Traditional technology still has a place nowadays.
C.Making right career choices is crucial to personal success.
D.Economic policies should follow technological trends.
答案
1.D
2.A
3.B
4.B
Passage 10(2018浙江,A) 词数 313学生用书 P198
In 1812, the year Charles Dickens was born, there were 66 novels published in Britain. People had been writing novels for a century—most experts date
the first novel to Robinson Crusoe in 1719—but nobody wanted to do it professionally. The steam-powered printing press was still in its early stages; the
literacy(识字)rate in England was under 50%. Many works of fiction appeared without the names of the authors, often with something like“By a
lady.”Novels, for the most part, were looked upon as silly, immoral or just plain bad.
In 1870, when Dickens died, the world mourned him as its first professional writer and publisher, famous and beloved, who had led an explosion in
both the publication of novels and their readership and whose characters—from Oliver Twist to Tiny Tim—were held up as moral touchstones. Today Dickens'
greatness is unchallenged. Removing him from the pantheon(名人堂)of English literature would make about as much sense as the Louvre selling off the Mona
Lisa.
How did Dickens get to the top?For all the feelings readers attach to stories, literature is a numbers game, and the test of time is extremely difficult
to pass. Some 60,000 novels were published during the Victorian age, from 1837 to 1901; today a casual reader might be able to name a half-dozen of them.
It's partly true that Dickens' style of writing attracted audiences from all walks of life. It's partly that his writings rode a wave of social, political and
scientific progress. But it's also that he rewrote the culture of literature and put himself at the center. No one will ever know what mix of talent, ambition,
energy and luck made Dickens such a distinguished writer. But as the 200th anniversary of his birth approaches, it is possible—and important for our own
culture—to understand how he made himself a lasting one.
Which of the following best describes British novels in the 18th century?
1.
A.They were difficult to understand.
B.They were popular among the rich.
C.They were seen as nearly worthless.
D.They were written mostly by women.
2.Dickens is compared with the Mona Lisa in the text to stress .
A.his reputation in France B.his interest in modern art
C.his success in publication D.his importance in literature
3.What is the author's purpose in writing the text?
A.To remember a great writer.
16 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
B.To introduce an English novel.
C.To encourage studies on culture.
D.To promote values of the Victorian age.
答案
1.C
2.D
3.A
Passage 11(2018天津,B) 词数 407学生用书 P198
When I was 17, I read a magazine article about a museum called the McNay, once the home of a watercolorist named Marian McNay. She had
requested the community to turn it into a museum upon her death. On a sunny Saturday, Sally and I drove over to the museum. She asked, “Do you have
the address?”“No, but I'll recognize it, there was a picture in the magazine.”
“Oh, stop. There it is!”
The museum was free. We entered, excited. A group of people sitting in the hall stopped talking and stared at us.
“May I help you?”a man asked.“No,”I said.“We're fine.”Tour guides got on my nerves. What if they talked a long time about a painting you
weren't that interested in?Sally had gone upstairs. The people in the hall seemed very nosy(爱窥探的), keeping their eyes on me with curiosity. What was
their problem?I saw some nice sculptures in one room. Suddenly I sensed a man standing behind me.“Where do you think you are?”he asked. I turned
sharply.“The McNay Art Museum!”He smiled, shaking his head.“Sorry, the McNay is on New Braunfels Street.”“What's this place?”I asked, still
confused.“Well, it's our home.”My heart jolted(震颤). I raced to the staircase and called out,“Sally!Come down immediately!”
“There's some really good stuff(艺术作品)up there.”She stepped down, looking confused. I pushed her toward the front door, waving at the family,
saying,“Sorry, please forgive us, you have a really nice place.”Outside, when I told Sally what happened, she covered her mouth, laughing. She couldn't
believe how long they let us look around without saying anything.
The real McNay was splendid, but we felt nervous the whole time we were there. Van Gogh, Picasso. This time, we stayed together, in case anything
else unusual happened.
Thirty years later, a woman approached me in a public place. “Excuse me, did you ever enter a residence, long ago, thinking it was the McNay
Museum?”
“Yes. But how do you know?We never told anyone.”
“That was my home. I was a teenager sitting in the hall. Before you came over, I never realized what a beautiful place I lived in. I never felt
lucky before. You thought it was a museum. My feelings about my home changed after that. I've always wanted to thank you.”
What do we know about Marian McNay?
1.
A.She was a painter.
B.She was a community leader.
C.She was a museum director.
D.She was a journalist.
2.Why did the author refuse the help from the man in the house?
A.She disliked people who were nosy.
B.She felt nervous when talking to strangers.
C.She knew more about art than the man.
D.She mistook him for a tour guide.
3.How did the author feel about being stared at by the people in the hall?
A.Puzzled. B.Concerned. C.Frightened. D.Delighted.
4.Why did the author describe the real McNay museum in just a few words?
A.The real museum lacked enough artwork to interest her.
B.She was too upset to spend much time at the real museum.
C.The McNay was disappointing compared with the house.
D.The event happening in the house was more significant.
5.What could we learn from the last paragraph?
A.People should have good taste to enjoy life.
B.People should spend more time with their family.
C.People tend to be blind to the beauty around them.
D.People tend to educate teenagers at a museum.
答案
17 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
1.A
2.D
3.A
4.D
5.C
Passage 12(2018天津,D) 词数 367学生用书 P199
Give yourself a test. Which way is the wind blowing?How many kinds of wildflowers can be seen from your front door?If your awareness is as sharp
as it could be, you'll have no trouble answering these questions.
Most of us observed much more as children than we do as adults. A child's day is filled with fascination, newness and wonder. Curiosity gave us all
a natural awareness. But distinctions that were sharp to us as children become unclear;we are numb(麻木的)to new stimulation(刺激), new ideas. Relearning
the art of seeing the world around us is quite simple, although it takes practice and requires breaking some bad habits.
The first step in awakening senses is to stop predicting what we are going to see and feel before it occurs. This blocks awareness. One chilly night
when I was hiking in the Rocky Mountains with some students, I mentioned that we were going to cross a mountain stream. The students began complaining
about how cold it would be. We reached the stream, and they unwillingly walked ahead. They were almost knee-deep when they realized it was a hot spring.
Later they all admitted they'd felt cold water at first.
Another block to awareness is the obsession(痴迷)many of us have with naming things. I saw bird watchers who spotted a bird, immediately looked it
up in field guides, and said, a “ruby-crowned kinglet”and checked it off. They no longer paid attention to the bird and never learned what it was doing.
The pressures of “time”and“destination”are further blocks to awareness. I encountered many hikers who were headed to a distant camp-ground
with just enough time to get there before dark. It seldom occurred to them to wander a bit, to take a moment to see what's around them. I asked them what
they'd seen. “Oh, a few birds,”they said. They seemed bent on their destinations.
Nature seems to unfold to people who watch and wait. Next time you take a walk, no matter where it is, take in all the sights, sounds and
sensations. Wander in this frame of mind and you will open a new dimension to your life.
According to Paragraph 2, compared with adults, children are more .
1.
A.anxious to do wonders
B.sensitive to others' feelings
C.likely to develop unpleasant habits
D.eager to explore the world around them
2.What idea does the author convey in Paragraph 3?
A.To avoid jumping to conclusions.
B.To stop complaining all the time.
C.To follow the teacher's advice.
D.To admit mistakes honestly.
3.The bird watchers' behavior shows that they .
A.are very patient in their observation
B.are really fascinated by nature
C.care only about the names of birds
D.question the accuracy of the field guides
4.Why do the hikers take no notice of the surroundings during the journey?
A.The natural beauty isn't attractive to them.
B.They focus on arriving at the camp in time.
C.The forest in the dark is dangerous for them.
D.They are keen to see rare birds at the destination.
5.In the passage, the author intends to tell us we should .
A.fill our senses to feel the wonders of the world
B.get rid of some bad habits in our daily life
C.open our mind to new things and ideas
D.try our best to protect nature
答案
1.D
2.A
18 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
3.C
4.B
5.A
Passage 13(2018江苏,D) 词数 704学生用书 P200
Children as young as ten are becoming dependent on social media for their sense of self-worth, a major study warned.
It found many youngsters (少年) now measure their status by how much public
approval they get online, often through “likes”. Some change their behaviour in real life
to improve their image on the web.
The report into youngsters aged from 8 to 12 was carried out by Children's
Commissioner (专员) Anne Longfield. She said social media firms were exposing children
to major emotional risks, with some youngsters starting secondary school ill-equipped to
cope with the tremendous pressure they faced online.
Some social apps were popular among the children even though they supposedly
require users to be at least 13. The youngsters admitted planning trips around potential
photo-opportunities and then messaging friends— and friends of friends— to demand
“likes” for their online posts.
The report found that youngsters felt their friendships could be at risk if they did not
respond to social media posts quickly, and around the clock.
Children aged 8 to 10 were “starting to feel happy” when others liked their posts.
However, those in the 10 to 12 age group were “concerned with how many people like
their posts”, suggesting a “need” for social recognition that gets stronger the older
they become.
Miss Longfield warned that a generation of children risked growing up “worried
about their appearance and image as a result of the unrealistic lifestyles they follow on
platforms, and increasingly anxious about switching off due to the constant demands of
social media”.
She said: “Children are using social media with family and friends and to play
games when they are in primary school. But what starts as fun usage of apps turns into
tremendous pressure in real social media interaction at secondary school.”
As their world expanded, she said, children compared themselves to others online in
a way that was “hugely damaging in terms of their self-identity, in terms of their
confidence, but also in terms of their ability to develop themselves”.
Miss Longfield added: “Then there is this push to connect—if you go offline, will
you miss something, will you miss out, will you show that you don't care about those
people you are following, all of those come together in a huge way at once.”
“For children it is very, very difficult to cope with emotionally.”The Children's
Commissioner for England's study—Life in Likes—found that children as young as 8 were
using social media platforms largely for play.
However, the research— involving eight groups of 32 children aged 8 to 12—
suggested that as they headed toward their teens, they became increasingly anxious online.
By the time they started secondary school—at age 11—children were already far
more aware of their image online and felt under huge pressure to ensure their posts were
popular, the report found.
However, they still did not know how to cope with mean-spirited jokes, or the sense
19 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
of incompetence they might feel if they compared themselves to celebrities (名人) or more
brilliant friends online. The report said they also faced pressure to respond to messages at
all hours of the day—especially at secondary school when more youngsters have mobile
phones.
The Children's Commissioner said schools and parents must now do more to prepare
children for the emotional minefield (雷区) they faced online. And she said social media
companies must also “take more responsibility”. They should either monitor their
websites better so that children do not sign up too early, or they should adjust their
websites to the needs of younger users.
Javed Khan, of children's charity Barnardo's, said: “It's vital that new compulsory
age-appropriate relationship and sex education lessons in England should help equip
children to deal with the growing demands of social media.”
“It's also hugely important for parents to know which apps their children are
using.”
1.Why did some secondary school students feel too much pressure?
A.They were not provided with adequate equipment.
B.They were not well prepared for emotional risks.
C.They were required to give quick responses.
D.They were prevented from using mobile phones.
2.Some social app companies were to blame because .
A.they didn't adequately check their users' registration
B.they organized photo trips to attract more youngsters
C.they encouraged youngsters to post more photos
D.they didn't stop youngsters from staying up late
3.Children's comparing themselves to others online may lead to .
A.less friendliness to each other
B.lower self-identity and confidence
C.an increase in online cheating
D.a stronger desire to stay online
4.According to Life in Likes, as children grew, they became more anxious to .
A.circulate their posts quickly
B.know the qualities of their posts
C.use mobile phones for play
D.get more public approval
5.What should parents do to solve the problem?
A.Communicate more with secondary schools.
B.Urge media companies to create safer apps.
C.Keep track of children's use of social media.
D.Forbid their children from visiting the web.
6.What does the passage mainly talk about?
A.The influence of social media on children.
B.The importance of social media to children.
C.The problem in building a healthy relationship.
D.The measure to reduce risks from social media.
20 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
答案
1.B
2.A
3.B
4.D
5.C
6.A
Passage 14(2017浙江,B) 词数 304学生用书 P201
Getting less sleep has become a bad habit for most American kids. According to a new survey(调查) by the National Sleep Foundation, 51% of kids
aged 10 to 18 go to bed at 10 pm or later on school nights, even though they have to get up early. Last year the Foundation reported that nearly 60% of 7-
to 12-year-olds said they felt tired during the day, and 15% said they had fallen asleep at school.
How much sleep you need depends a lot on your age. Babies need a lot of rest: most of them sleep about 18 hours a day!Adults need about eight
hours. For most school-age children, ten hours is ideal(理想的). But the new National Sleep Foundation survey found that 35% of 10- to 12-year-olds get
only seven or eight hours. And guess what almost half of the surveyed kids said they do before bedtime?Watch TV.
“More children are going to bed with TVs on, and there are more opportunities(机会) to stay awake, with more homework, the Internet and the
phone,” says Dr. Mary Carskadon, a sleep researcher at Brown University Medical School. She says these activities at bedtime can get kids all excited and
make it hard for them to calm down and sleep. Other experts say part of the problem is chemical. Changing levels of body chemicals called hormones not
only make teenagers' bodies develop adult characteristics, but also make it hard for teenagers to fall asleep before 11 pm.
Because sleepiness is such a problem for teenagers, some school districts have decided to start high school classes later than they used to. Three
years ago, schools in Edina, Minnesota, changed the start time from 7:25 am to 8:30 am. Students, parents and teachers are pleased with the results.
What is the new National Sleep Foundation survey on?
1.
A.American kids' sleeping habits.
B.Teenagers' sleep-related diseases.
C.Activities to prevent sleeplessness.
D.Learning problems and lack of sleep.
2.How many hours of sleep do 11-year-olds need every day?
A.7 hours. B.8 hours. C.10 hours. D.18 hours.
3.Why do teenagers go to sleep late according to Carskadon?
A.They are affected by certain body chemicals.
B.They tend to do things that excite them.
C.They follow their parents' examples.
D.They don't need to go to school early.
答案
1.A
2.C
3.B
Passage 15(2017天津,B) 词数 359学生用书 P201
Fifteen years ago, I took a summer vacation in Lecce in southern Italy. After climbing up a hill for a panoramic(全景的) view of the blue sea, white
buildings and green olive trees, I paused to catch my breath and then positioned myself to take the best photo of this panorama.
Unfortunately, just as I took out my camera, a woman approached from behind, and planted herself right in front of my view. Like me, this woman
was here to stop, sigh and appreciate the view.
Patient as I was, after about 15 minutes, my camera scanning the sun and reviewing the shot I would eventually take, I grew frustrated. Was it too
much to ask her to move so I could take just one picture of the landscape? Sure, I could have asked her, but something prevented me from doing so. She
seemed so content in her observation. I didn't want to mess with that.
Another 15 minutes passed and I grew bored. The woman was still there. I decided to take the photo anyway. And now when I look at it, I think
her presence in the photo is what makes the image interesting. The landscape, beautiful on its own, somehow comes to life and breathes because this woman
is engaging with it.
This photo, with the unique beauty that unfolded before me and that woman who “ruined”it, now hangs on a wall in my bedroom. What would
she think if she knew that her figure is captured(捕捉) and frozen on some stranger's bedroom wall? A bedroom, after all, is a very private space, in which
some woman I don't even know has been immortalized(使……永存). In some ways, she lives in my house.
Perhaps we all live in each other's spaces. Perhaps this is what photos are for: to remind us that we all appreciate beauty, that we all share a
common desire for pleasure, for connection, for something that is greater than us.
That photo is a reminder, a captured moment, an unspoken conversation between two women, separated only by a thin square of glass.
What happened when the author was about to take a photo?
1.
A.Her camera stopped working.
21 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
B.A woman blocked her view.
C.Someone asked her to leave.
D.A friend approached from behind.
2.According to the author, the woman was probably .
A.enjoying herself B.losing her patience
C.waiting for the sunset D.thinking about her past
3.In the author's opinion, what makes the photo so alive?
A.The rich color of the landscape.
B.The perfect positioning of the camera.
C.The woman's existence in the photo.
D.The soft sunlight that summer day.
4.The photo on the bedroom wall enables the author to better understand .
A.the need to be close to nature
B.the importance of private space
C.the joy of the vacation in Italy
D.the shared passion for beauty
5.The passage can be seen as the author's reflections upon .
A.a particular life experience B.the pleasure of traveling
C.the art of photography D.a lost friendship
答案
1.B
2.A
3.C
4.D
5.A
Passage 16(2017北京,D) 词数 455学生用书 P202
Hollywood's theory that machines with evil(邪恶的)minds will drive armies of killer robots is just silly. The real problem relates to the possibility that
artificial intelligence(AI)may become extremely good at achieving something other than what we really want. In 1960 a well-known mathematician Norbert
Wiener, who founded the field of cybernetics(控制论), put it this way:“If we use, to achieve our purposes, a mechanical agency with whose operation we
cannot effectively interfere(干预), we had better be quite sure that the purpose put into the machine is the purpose which we really desire.”
A machine with a specific purpose has another quality, one that we usually associate with living things:a wish to preserve its own existence. For the
machine, this quality is not in-born, nor is it something introduced by humans;it is a logical consequence of the simple fact that the machine cannot achieve
its original purpose if it is dead. So if we send out a robot with the single instruction of fetching coffee, it will have a strong desire to secure success by
disabling its own off switch or even killing anyone who might interfere with its task. If we are not careful, then, we could face a kind of global chess match
against very determined, super intelligent machines whose objectives conflict with our own, with the real world as the chessboard.
The possibility of entering into and losing such a match should concentrate the minds of computer scientists. Some researchers argue that we can seal
the machines inside a kind of firewall, using them to answer difficult questions but never allowing them to affect the real world. Unfortunately, that plan
seems unlikely to work:we have yet to invent a firewall that is secure against ordinary humans, let alone super intelligent machines.
Solving the safety problem well enough to move forward in AI seems to be possible but not easy. There are probably decades in which to plan for
the arrival of super intelligent machines. But the problem should not be dismissed out of hand, as it has been by some AI researchers. Some argue that
humans and machines can coexist as long as they work in teams—yet that is not possible unless machines share the goals of humans. Others say we can just
“switch them off” as if super intelligent machines are too stupid to think of that possibility. Still others think that super intelligent AI will never happen.
On September 11,1933, famous physicist Ernest Rutherford stated, with confidence, “Anyone who expects a source of power in the transformation of these
atoms is talking moonshine.” However, on September 12,1933, physicist Leo Szilard invented the neutron-induced(中子诱导) nuclear chain reaction.
Paragraph 1 mainly tells us that artificial intelligence may .
1.
A.run out of human control
B.satisfy human's real desires
C.command armies of killer robots
D.work faster than a mathematician
2.Machines with specific purposes are associated with living things partly because they
22 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
might be able to .
A.prevent themselves from being destroyed
B.achieve their original goals independently
C.do anything successfully with given orders
D.beat humans in international chess matches
3.According to some researchers, we can use firewalls to .
A.help super intelligent machines work better
B.be secure against evil human beings
C.keep machines from being harmed
D.avoid robots' affecting the world
4.What does the author think of the safety problem of super intelligent machines?
A.It will disappear with the development of AI.
B.It will get worse with human interference.
C.It will be solved but with difficulty.
D.It will stay for a decade.
答案
1.A
2.A
3.D
4.C
C组 教师专用题组
Passage 1(2021天津春,C)
A trial project by the Montreal Children's Hospital suggested that the use of medical
hypnosis (催眠) can reduce pain and anxiety in patients.The project also resulted in a
reduction in the amount of medicines used to perform medical-imaging (医学影像)
procedures.
“During the examination children don't move.It works perfectly.It's amazing,” said
Johanne L'Ecuyer, a medical-imaging technologist at the hospital.
The project was inspired by a French team from Rouen University Hospital Centre
where examinations are done under hypnosis instead of general anesthesia (麻醉).
A French medical-imaging technologist—also a hypnotist—was invited to train a few
members in the medical-imaging department of the children's hospital.In all, 80
examinations were conducted for the project between January and September, 2019,
focusing on the imaging procedures that would cause anxiety.
Hypnosis is not a state of sleep:It is rather a modified ( 改 变 的 ) state of
consciousness.The technologist will guide the patient to this modified state—an imaginary
world that will disassociate itself more and more from the procedure that follows.
“The technologist must build up a story with the patient,” Ms. L'Ecuyer said.“The
patient is left with the power to choose what he wants to talk about.Do you play sports?
Do you like going to the beach? We establish a subject that we will discuss throughout
the procedure.”
Everything that happens next during the procedure must be related to this story—an
23 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
injection (注射) becomes the bite of an insect;the heat on the skin becomes the sensation
of the sun and a machine that rings becomes a police car passing nearby.
“The important thing is that the technologist associates what is happening outside
the patient's body with what the patient sees in his head,” Ms. L'Ecuyer said.“It
requires creativity on the part of the technologist, imagination, a lot of patience and
kindness.”
The procedure appealed to the staff a lot when it was introduced in January.“It
spread like wildfire that someone from France was here to train the technologists,” Ms.
L'Ecuyer said.She added that she had a line of staff at her door wanting to take the
training.
1.One of the results produced by the trial project is .
A.a better understanding of children
B.less use of certain medicines
C.new medical-imaging technology
D.an improved reputation of the hospital
2.The French technologist came to the children's hospital to .
A.assist in treating a patient
B.carry out hypnosis training
C.start up a new department
D.learn about the procedure
3.According to Paragraph 5, hypnosis works by .
A.creating a perfect world for patients
B.forcing patients into a state of deep sleep
C.putting patients into an unconscious state
D.leading patients' consciousness away from reality
4.What can we learn about the story used in the procedure?
A.It should keep pace with the procedure.
B.It reflects the patient's creativity.
C.It is selected by the technologist.
D.It tells what doctors are doing to the patient.
5.The procedure was received among the staff with .
A.uncertainty B.enthusiasm C.worry D.criticism
6.What is the passage mainly about?
A.An easy way to communicate with patients.
B.The standard method of conducting hypnosis.
C.An introduction of medical-imaging technology.
D.The use of hypnosis in medical-imaging procedures.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是一篇说明文。主题语境是人与社会,主题语境内容为科技发展。本文介
绍了使用催眠来帮助减轻病人在医学影像程序中的痛苦和焦虑。
1.B 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句话 The project also resulted in a reduction in the
24 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
amount of medicines used to perform medical-imaging procedures.(该项目还使用于医学影
像程序的药品数量减少。)可知选B。
2.B 推理判断题。依据第四段第一句 A French medical-imaging technologist—also a
hypnotist—was invited to train a few members in the medical-imaging department of the
children's hospital.(一位法国医学影像技术专家——也是一名催眠师——被邀请来培训儿童
医院医学影像部的几名成员。)可知选B(进行催眠培训)。
3.D 细节理解题。根据第五段中的 Hypnosis is not a state of sleep: It is rather a
modified state of consciousness.The technologist will guide the patient to this modified
state—an imaginary world(催眠不是一种睡眠状态,而是一种改变的意识状态。技术专家将
引导病人进入这种改变的状态——一个想象的世界)可知选D(让病人的意识远离现实)。
4.A 细节理解题。根据第七段中的 Everything that happens next during the procedure
must be related to this story(接下来在这个程序中发生的一切都必须与这个故事有关)可知
选A(它应该与程序保持同步)。
5.B 推理判断题。根据最后一段中的The procedure appealed to the staff a lot以及“It
spread like wildfire”可知员工对这种催眠培训很热情。
6.D 主旨要义题。文章在第一段中就点明了主旨:催眠在医学影像程序中的应用。故选
D。
难句分析 原句:The important thing is that the technologist associates what is happening
outside the patient's body with what the patient sees in his head...
分析:本句中that引导表语从句,从句中还存在what引导的两个宾语从句。
译文:重要的是,技术专家将病人身体外发生的事情与病人在他的脑海中看到的联系起
来……
Passage 2(2021浙江1月,A)
More than 25 years ago, Saroo Brierley lived in rural (农村) India. One day, he
played with his brother along the rail line and fell asleep.When he woke up and found
himself alone, the 4-year-old decided his brother might be on the train he saw in front of
him—so he got on.
That train took him a thousand miles across the country to a totally strange city.He
lived on the streets, and then in an orphanage (孤儿院).There, he was adopted by an
Australian family and flown to Tasmania.
As he writes in his new book, A Long Way Home, Brierley couldn't help but wonder
about his hometown back in India.He remembered landmarks, but since he didn't know his
town's name, finding a small neighborhood in a vast country proved to be impossible.
Then he found a digital mapping program.He spent years searching for his hometown
in the program's satellite pictures.In 2011, he came across something familiar.He studied it
and realized he was looking at a town's central business district from a bird's-eye view.
He thought, “On the right-hand side you should see the three-platform train station”—
and there it was. “And on the left-hand side you should see a big fountain”—and there
it was.Everything just started to match.
When he stood in front of the house where he grew up as a child, he saw a lady
standing in the entrance.“There's something about me,” he thought—and it took him a
few seconds but he finally remembered what she used to look like.
In an interview Brierley says, “ My mother looked so much shorter than I
remembered.But she came forth and walked forward, and I walked forward, and my
25 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
feelings and tears and the chemical in my brain, you know, it was like a nuclear fusion
(核聚变).I just didn't know what to say, because I never thought seeing my mother would
ever come true.And here I am, standing in front of her.”
1.Why was Brierley separated from his family about 25 years ago?
A.He got on a train by mistake.
B.He got lost while playing in the street.
C.He was taken away by a foreigner.
D.He was adopted by an Australian family.
2.How did Brierley find his hometown?
A.By analyzing old pictures.
B.By travelling all around India.
C.By studying digital maps.
D.By spreading his story via his book.
3.What does Brierley mainly talk about in the interview?
A.His love for his mother.
B.His reunion with his mother.
C.His long way back home.
D.His memory of his hometown.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是一篇记叙文。主题语境是人与自我,主题语境内容为个人生活。本文讲
述了一个印度孩子因为意外离开了家乡变成孤儿,长大后利用数字地图重新找到家,找到母亲
的故事。
1.A 推理判断题。根据第一段最后一句 When he woke up and found himself alone, the
4-year-old decided his brother might be on the train he saw in front of him—so he got
on.(当他醒来发现只有他一个人的时候,四岁的他认为他的哥哥可能在他眼前的那列火车上,
所以他上了车。)可知选A(他误上了火车)。
2.C 推理判断题。根据第四段的描述可知选C。
3.B 主旨要义题。最后一段的采访中主要描述了Brierley与母亲相聚的场景。故选B。
难句分析 原句:He remembered landmarks, but since he didn't know his town's name,
finding a small neighborhood in a vast country proved to be impossible.
分析:本句中since引导原因状语从句,finding a small neighborhood in a vast country为
动名词短语作主语。
译文:他记得一些地标性建筑,但由于他不知道自己的城镇的名字,要在一个辽阔的国家
里找到一个小街区后来证明是不可能的。
Passage 3(2019课标全国Ⅱ,D)
Bacteria are an annoying problem for astronauts. The microorganisms(微生物)from our
bodies grow uncontrollably on surfaces of the International Space Station, so astronauts
spend hours cleaning them up each week. How is NASA overcoming this very tiny big
problem?It's turning to a bunch of high school kids. But not just any kids. It is
depending on NASA HUNCH high school classrooms, like the one science teachers Gene
Gordon and Donna Himmelberg lead at Fairport High School in Fairport, New York.
HUNCH is designed to connect high school classrooms with NASA engineers. For
the past two years, Gordon's students have been studying ways to kill bacteria in zero
gravity, and they think they're close to a solution(解决方案). “We don't give the students
26 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
any breaks. They have to do it just like NASA engineers,”says Florence Gold, a project
manager.
“There are no tests,”Gordon says.“There is no graded homework. There almost are
no grades, other than‘Are you working towards your goal?’Basically, it's ‘I've got to
produce this product and then, at the end of the year, present it to NASA.’Engineers
come and really do an in-person review, and...it's not a very nice thing at times. It's a
hard business review of your product.”
Gordon says the HUNCH program has an impact(影响) on college admissions and
practical life skills. “These kids are so absorbed in their studies that I just sit back. I
don't teach.” And that annoying bacteria?Gordon says his students are emailing daily
with NASA engineers about the problem, readying a workable solution to test in space.
1.What do we know about the bacteria in the International Space Station?
A.They are hard to get rid of.
B.They lead to air pollution.
C.They appear in different forms.
D.They damage the instruments.
2.What is the purpose of the HUNCH program?
A.To strengthen teacher-student relationships.
B.To sharpen students' communication skills.
C.To allow students to experience zero gravity.
D.To link space technology with school education.
3.What do the NASA engineers do for the students in the program?
A.Check their product. B.Guide project designs.
C.Adjust work schedules. D.Grade their homework.
4.What is the best title for the text?
A.NASA:The Home of Astronauts
B.Space:The Final Homework Frontier
C.Nature:An Outdoor Classroom
D.HUNCH:A College Admission Reform
答案
[语篇解读] 本文体裁为记叙文。主题语境为人与社会,主题语境内容为科技发展。美国国
家航空航天局创办了一个名为HUNCH的项目,一群高中生在项目中研究如何杀死国际空间
站的细菌。本文侧重培养学生的思维品质。
1.A 推理判断题。本题题干意为:我们对国际空间站的细菌的了解有哪些?根据题干中的关
键词bacteria in the International Space Station可定位至第一段。根据第一段中 Bacteria
are an annoying problem for astronauts. The microorganisms from our bodies grow
uncontrollably on surfaces of the International Space Station, so astronauts spend hours
cleaning them up each week.可知,国际空间站的细菌非常难处理,所以选择A项。B:它们导
致空气污染;C:它们以不同的形式出现;D:它们毁坏仪器。
2.D 细节理解题。本题题干意为:HUNCH项目的目的是什么?第二段第一句HUNCH is
designed to connect high school classrooms with NASA engineers.(HUNCH的设计目的是
将高中教室与NASA的工程师联系在一起。)中的high school classrooms与D选项中的
school education(学校教育)对应,NASA engineers与D选项中的space technology(空间技术)
对应,故选D。A:为了加强师生关系;B:为了提升学生的交流技能;C:为了让学生体验失重。
27 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
3.A 推理判断题。本题题干意为:NASA的工程师为参加此项目的学生做了些什么?根据题
干中的NASA engineers do可定位至第三段的Engineers come and really do an in-person
review, and...it's not a very nice thing at times. It's a hard business review of your
product,句中两次出现review(检查,审查),证明NASA的工程师做的事情就是对学生做出的研
究结果进行检查,所以答案是A项。B:指导项目设计;C:调整工作时间表;D:给他们的作业打分。
4.B 主旨要义题。本题题干意为:最适合本文的标题是什么?本文主要介绍HUNCH项目,这
个项目是有关太空研究的,而且研究者都是高中生。根据以上要点可知,最佳选项是B项
(Space: The Final Homework Frontier),Space 对应太空研究,Homework 对应高中教育,
Frontier(前沿)突出了这个项目的领先性。A:NASA:The Home of Astronauts,文章并非重点介
绍NASA;C:Nature: An Outdoor Classroom,Nature并不聚焦太空领域;D:HUNCH: A College
Admission Reform,HUNCH项目不是大学入学改革。
[难句分析]
原句:Gordon says his students are emailing daily with NASA engineers about the
problem, readying a workable solution to test in space.
分析:句子的主干是:Gordon says his students are emailing daily,says后是宾语从句,省
略了引导词that。readying a workable solution to test in space作状语。
译文:戈登说,他的学生每天都给NASA的工程师们发关于这个问题的电子邮件,为在太
空中进行测试准备一个可行的解决方案。
[重点词汇] a bunch of 一群 present v. 提出,提交 review n. 检查,审查 be absorbed
in 专心于……
Passage 4(2017课标全国Ⅱ,D)
When a leafy plant is under attack, it doesn't sit quietly. Back in 1983, two scientists,
Jack Schultz and Ian Baldwin, reported that young maple trees getting bitten by insects
send out a particular smell that neighboring plants can get. These chemicals come from
the injured parts of the plant and seem to be an alarm. What the plants pump through
the air is a mixture of chemicals known as volatile organic compounds, VOCs for short.
Scientists have found that all kinds of plants give out VOCs when being attacked. It's
a plant's way of crying out. But is anyone listening?Apparently. Because we can watch
the neighbors react.
Some plants pump out smelly chemicals to keep insects away. But others do double
duty. They pump out perfumes designed to attract different insects who are natural
enemies to the attackers. Once they arrive, the tables are turned . The attacker who was
lunching now becomes lunch.
In study after study, it appears that these chemical conversations help the neighbors.
The damage is usually more serious on the first plant, but the neighbors, relatively
speaking, stay safer because they heard the alarm and knew what to do.
Does this mean that plants talk to each other?Scientists don't know. Maybe the first
plant just made a cry of pain or was sending a message to its own branches, and so, in
effect, was talking to itself. Perhaps the neighbors just happened to“overhear”the cry. So
information was exchanged, but it wasn't a true, intentional back and forth.
Charles Darwin, over 150 years ago, imagined a world far busier, noisier and more
intimate(亲密的)than the world we can see and hear. Our senses are weak. There's a
whole lot going on.
28 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
1.What does a plant do when it is under attack?
A.It makes noises.
B.It gets help from other plants.
C.It stands quietly.
D.It sends out certain chemicals.
2.What does the author mean by“the tables are turned”in paragraph 3?
A.The attackers get attacked.
B.The insects gather under the table.
C.The plants get ready to fight back.
D.The perfumes attract natural enemies.
3.Scientists find from their studies that plants can .
A.predict natural disasters
B.protect themselves against insects
C.talk to one another intentionally
D.help their neighbors when necessary
4.What can we infer from the last paragraph?
A.The world is changing faster than ever.
B.People have stronger senses than before.
C.The world is more complex than it seems.
D.People in Darwin's time were more imaginative.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为介绍科普知识的说明文。文章主要介绍了科学家所揭示的植物抵御昆
虫袭击和传递信息的奥秘。
1.D 细节理解题。根据第一段枫树的例子可知,当其受到攻击时,受到伤害的部位会释放出
被称为VOCs的化学物质,由第二段第一句可知所有的植物受到攻击时都会做出这种反应,故
D项正确。植物被攻击时释放出的是化学物质而不是噪音,故排除A;释放出的化学物质是对
其他植物的警示,而不是从其他植物那里得到帮助,故排除B;根据第一段首句可排除C项。
2.A 推理判断题。根据第三段可知,某些植物受到攻击时,会释放出某种香味,将攻击者的天
敌吸引过来,由此可知当它们到来时,情况发生了反转,原先享用午餐(侵害树木)的攻击者将会
成为其天敌的午餐,即成为被攻击者,故A项正确。
3.B 推理判断题。根据文章前三段所描述的树木在遭到昆虫袭击后的反应,加之第四段所
介绍的树木的损伤情况和周边树木接到警报后的反应,可以概括出植物能够保护自身不受昆
虫侵害这一点。故正确答案为B。
4.C 推理判断题。最后一段提到,150多年前,达尔文就曾想到生物世界比我们所看到、听到
的更加繁忙,更加吵闹,也更加亲密,我们的感官不够强大,很多东西未被感知到。由此可推断
出,这个世界比其表面看上去更加复杂,故C项正确。
Passage 5(2017课标全国Ⅲ,B)
Minutes after the last movie ended yesterday at the Plaza Theater, employees were
busy sweeping up popcorns and gathering coke cups. It was a scene that had been
repeated many times in the theater's 75-year history. This time, however, the cleanup was
a little different. As one group of workers carried out the rubbish, another group began
removing seats and other theater equipment in preparation for the building's end.
The film classic The Last Picture Show was the last movie shown in the old theater.
Though the movie is 30 years old, most of the 250 seats were filled with teary-eyed
29 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
audience wanting to say good-bye to the old building. Theater owner Ed Bradford said he
chose the movie because it seemed appropriate. The movie is set in a small town where
the only movie theater is preparing to close down.
Bradford said that large modern theaters in the city made it impossible for the Plaza
to compete. He added that the theater's location(位置)was also a reason.“This used to be
the center of town,”he said.“Now the area is mostly office buildings and warehouses.”
Last week some city officials suggested the city might be interested in turning the
old theater into a museum and public meeting place. However, these plans were
abandoned because of financial problems. Bradford sold the building and land to a local
development firm, which plans to build a shopping complex on the land where the theater
is located.
The theater audience said good-bye as Bradford locked the doors for the last time.
After 75 years the Plaza Theater had shown its last movie. The theater will be missed.
1.In what way was yesterday's cleanup at the Plaza special?
A.It made room for new equipment.
B.It signaled the closedown of the theater.
C.It was done with the help of the audience.
D.It marked the 75th anniversary of the theater.
2.Why was The Last Picture Show put on?
A.It was an all-time classic.
B.It was about the history of the town.
C.The audience requested it.
D.The theater owner found it suitable.
3.What will probably happen to the building?
A.It will be repaired.
B.It will be turned into a museum.
C.It will be knocked down.
D.It will be sold to the city government.
4.What can we infer about the audience?
A.They are disappointed with Bradford.
B.They are sad to part with the old theater.
C.They are supportive of the city officials.
D.They are eager to have a shopping center.
答案
[语篇解读] 一家经营了75年的影院宣布关张,最后放映的《最后一场电影》让观众热泪盈
眶。文中介绍了影院关张的原因以及影院场地的改造计划。
1.B 推理判断题。第一段结尾处说,一组工人运垃圾,另外一组工人开始拆卸座椅和其他设
备,为影院的结束做准备。这预示着这个已有75年历史的影院永远关张,故B项正确。
2.D 细节理解题。根据第二段的“Theater owner Ed Bradford said he chose the movie
because it seemed appropriate.”可知D项正确。
3.C 推理判断题。短文第四段后半部分说影院老板已经把影院连同土地出售给了当地的一
家开发公司,而开发公司计划在影院所在地建设一个综合购物大楼。考生依据这些信息可以
推断出影院建筑肯定要被拆除,故正确选项为C。B项有一些干扰作用。
4.B 推理判断题。根据文章第二段所描述的拥有250个座位的影院几乎座无虚席,观众眼含
30 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
泪水观看一部三十年前的老电影和影院做最后的告别的场景,可以推断出B项正确。
Passage 6(2017江苏,C)
A new commodity brings about a highly profitable, fast-growing industry, urging
antitrust(反垄断)regulators to step in to check those who control its flow. A century ago,
the resource in question was oil. Now similar concerns are being raised by the giants(巨
头)that deal in data, the oil of the digital age. The most valuable firms are Google,
Amazon, Facebook and Microsoft. All look unstoppable.
Such situations have led to calls for the tech giants to be broken up. But size alone
is not a crime. The giants' success has benefited consumers. Few want to live without
search engines or a quick delivery. Far from charging consumers high prices, many of
these services are free(users pay,in effect, by handing over yet more data). And the
appearance of new-born giants suggests that newcomers can make waves, too.
But there is cause for concern. The internet has made data abundant, all-present and
far more valuable, changing the nature of data and competition. Google initially used the
data collected from users to target advertising better. But recently it has discovered that
data can be turned into new services:translation and visual recognition, to be sold to other
companies. Internet companies' control of data gives them enormous power. So they have
a“God's eye view”of activities in their own markets and beyond.
This nature of data makes the antitrust measures of the past less useful. Breaking up
firms like Google into five small ones would not stop remaking themselves:in time, one
of them would become great again. A rethink is required—and as a new approach starts
to become apparent, two ideas stand out.
The first is that antitrust authorities need to move from the industrial age into the
21st century. When considering a merger(兼并), for example, they have traditionally used
size to determine when to step in. They now need to take into account the extent of
firms' data assets(资产)when assessing the impact of deals. The purchase price could also
be a signal that an established company is buying a new-born threat. When this takes
place, especially when a new-born company has no revenue to speak of, the regulators
should raise red flags.
The second principle is to loosen the control that providers of on-line services have
over data and give more to those who supply them. Companies could be forced to reveal
to consumers what information they hold and how much money they make from it.
Governments could order the sharing of certain kinds of data, with users' consent.
Restarting antitrust for the information age will not be easy. But if governments don't
want a data economy controlled by a few giants, they must act soon.
1.Why is there a call to break up giants?
A.They have controlled the data market.
B.They collect enormous private data.
C.They no longer provide free services.
D.They dismissed some new-born giants.
2.What does the technological innovation in Paragraph 3 indicate?
A.Data giants' technology is very expensive.
B.Google's idea is popular among data firms.
31 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
C.Data can strengthen giants' controlling position.
D.Data can be turned into new services or products.
3.By paying attention to firms' data assets, antitrust regulators could .
A.kill a new threat
B.avoid the size trap
C.favour bigger firms
D.charge higher prices
4.What is the purpose of loosening the giants' control of data?
A.Big companies could relieve data security pressure.
B.Governments could relieve their financial pressure.
C.Consumers could better protect their privacy.
D.Small companies could get more opportunities.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为说明文,属于社科类文章。文章说明了人们在受益于大数据的同时,还成
就了一些通过数据发财的商业巨头。为了防止这些巨头控制某一领域和市场,政府需要采取
行动。
1.A 推理判断题。根据第二段第一句中的“Such situation”可知答案在第一段,第一段暗
示出分化商业巨头的原因是他们控制了数据市场,故答案为A项。
2.C 事实细节题。根据第三段最后两句可知答案是C项。
3.B 事实细节题。根据第五段第二、三句可知选B项。
4.D 推理判断题。根据第六段可知,大数据规则的松动可以让小公司获得更多的机会,故选
D项。
Passage 7(2016课标全国Ⅱ,D)
A new collection of photos brings an unsuccessful Antarctic voyage back to life.
Frank Hurley's pictures would be outstanding—undoubtedly first-rate photo-journalism
—if they had been made last week. In fact, they were shot from 1914 through 1916,
most of them after a disastrous shipwreck(海难),by a cameraman who had no reasonable
expectation of survival. Many of the images were stored in an ice chest, under freezing
water, in the damaged wooden ship.
The ship was the Endurance, a small, tight, Norwegian-built three-master that was
intended to take Sir Ernest Shackleton and a small crew of seamen and scientists, 27 men
in all, to the southernmost shore of Antarctica's Weddell Sea. From that point Shackleton
wanted to force a passage by dog sled(雪橇)across the continent. The journey was
intended to achieve more than what Captain Robert Falcon Scott had done. Captain Scott
had reached the South Pole early in 1912 but had died with his four companions on the
march back.
As writer Caroline Alexander makes clear in her forceful and well-researched story
The Endurance, adventuring was even then a thoroughly commercial effort. Scott's last
journey, completed as he lay in a tent dying of cold and hunger, caught the world's
imagination, and a film made in his honor drew crowds. Shackleton, a onetime British
merchant-navy officer who had got to within 100 miles of the South Pole in 1908, started
a business before his 1914 voyage to make money from movie and still photography.
Frank Hurley, a confident and gifted Australian photographer who knew the Antarctic, was
hired to make the images, most of which have never before been published.
32 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
1.What do we know about the photos taken by Hurley?
A.They were made last week.
B.They showed undersea sceneries.
C.They were found by a cameraman.
D.They recorded a disastrous adventure.
2.Who reached the South Pole first according to the text?
A.Frank Hurley.
B.Ernest Shackleton.
C.Robert Falcon Scott.
D.Caroline Alexander.
3.What does Alexander think was the purpose of the 1914 voyage?
A.Artistic creation. B.Scientific research.
C.Money making. D.Treasure hunting.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是一篇说明文。文章通过Frank Hurley的照片讲述了那次航行的背景。
1.D 推理判断题。根据文章第二段第二句可知,Frank Hurley的照片拍摄于1914年到1916
年,大多数是在经历海难后,在没有生存的希望的情况下拍摄的,由此可判断它们记录了一次
海难。
2.C 推理判断题。根据文章第三段中的 The journey was intended to achieve more than
what Captain Robert Falcon Scott had done.以及下句可知,1912年Robert Falcon Scott到达
了南极,而Endurance航行的目的是超越他,但是遭遇了海难,由此可判断Robert Falcon Scott
到达南极的时间更早。
3.C 细节理解题。根据文章第四段第一句中的 a thoroughly commercial effort 可知,
Alexander认为那时的冒险完全是一种商业行为,也就是为了赚钱,因此可判断选C项。
Passage 8(2016课标全国Ⅲ,C)
If you are a fruit grower—or would like to become one—take advantage of Apple
Day to see what's around. It's called Apple Day but in practice it's more like Apple
Month. The day itself is on October 21, but since it has caught on, events now spread
out over most of October around Britain.
Visiting an apple event is a good chance to see, and often taste, a wide variety of
apples. To people who are used to the limited choice of apples such as Golden Delicious
and Royal Gala in supermarkets, it can be quite an eye opener to see the range of
classical apples still in existence, such as Decio which was grown by the Romans.
Although it doesn't taste of anything special, it's still worth a try, as is the knobbly(多疙
瘩的)Cat's Head which is more of a curiosity than anything else.
There are also varieties developed to suit specific local conditions. One of the very
best varieties for eating quality is Orleans Reinette, but you'll need a warm, sheltered
place with perfect soil to grow it, so it's a pipe dream for most apple lovers who fall for
it.
At the events, you can meet expert growers and discuss which ones will best suit
your conditions, and because these are family affairs, children are well catered for with
apple-themed fun and games.
Apple Days are being held at all sorts of places with an interest in fruit, including
stately gardens and commercial orchards(果园). If you want to have a real orchard
33 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
experience, try visiting the National Fruit Collection at Brogdale, near Faversham in Kent.
1.What can people do at the apple events?
A.Attend experts' lectures.
B.Visit fruit-loving families.
C.Plant fruit trees in an orchard.
D.Taste many kinds of apples.
2.What can we learn about Decio?
A.It is a new variety. B.It has a strange look.
C.It is rarely seen now. D.It has a special taste.
3.What does the underlined phrase“a pipe dream”in Paragraph 3 mean?
A.A practical idea. B.A vain hope.
C.A brilliant plan. D.A selfish desire.
4.What is the author's purpose in writing the text?
A.To show how to grow apples.
B.To introduce an apple festival.
C.To help people select apples.
D.To promote apple research.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是说明文,介绍了苹果节的有关情况。在苹果节期间,你可以品尝到各种苹
果。文中还提及了一些特殊的品种和苹果节的一些特色活动。
1.D 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句Visiting an apple event is a good chance to see,and
often taste,a wide variety of apples.可知可以品尝到很多品种的苹果。故选D。
2.C 细节理解题。根据第二段中的 it can be quite an eye opener to see the range of
classical apples still in existence,such as Decio which was grown by the Romans可知选
C。
3.B 猜测词义题。根据you'll need a warm,sheltered place with perfect soil to grow it可
知种此种苹果不易,故选B。
4.B 推理判断题。通读全文,可以知道作者的目的是介绍苹果节。
Passage 9(2016课标全国Ⅲ,D)
Bad news sells. If it bleeds, it leads. No news is good news, and good news is no
news. Those are the classic rules for the evening broadcasts and the morning papers. But
now that information is being spread and monitored(监控)in different ways, researchers are
discovering new rules. By tracking people's e-mails and online posts, scientists have found
that good news can spread faster and farther than disasters and sob stories.
“The‘if it bleeds’rule works for mass media,”says Jonah Berger, a scholar at the
University of Pennsylvania.“They want your eyeballs and don't care how you're feeling.
But when you share a story with your friends, you care a lot more how they react. You
don't want them to think of you as a Debbie Downer.”
Researchers analyzing word-of-mouth communication—e-mails, Web posts and reviews,
face-to-face conversations—found that it tended to be more positive than negative(消极的),
but that didn't necessarily mean people preferred positive news. Was positive news shared
more often simply because people experienced more good things than bad things?To test
for that possibility, Dr. Berger looked at how people spread a particular set of news
stories:thousands of articles on The New York Times' website. He and a Penn colleague
34 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
analyzed the“most e-mailed”list for six months. One of his first findings was that
articles in the science section were much more likely to make the list than non-science
articles. He found that science amazed Times' readers and made them want to share this
positive feeling with others.
Readers also tended to share articles that were exciting or funny, or that inspired
negative feelings like anger or anxiety, but not articles that left them merely sad. They
needed to be aroused(激发)one way or the other, and they preferred good news to bad.
The more positive an article, the more likely it was to be shared, as Dr. Berger explains
in his new book,“Contagious:Why Things Catch On.”
1.What do the classic rules mentioned in the text apply to?
A.News reports. B.Research papers.
C.Private e-mails. D.Daily conversations.
2.What can we infer about people like Debbie Downer?
A.They're socially inactive.
B.They're good at telling stories.
C.They're inconsiderate of others.
D.They're careful with their words.
3.Which tended to be the most e-mailed according to Dr. Berger's research?
A.Sports news. B.Science articles.
C.Personal accounts. D.Financial reviews.
4.What can be a suitable title for the text?
A.Sad Stories Travel Far and Wide
B.Online News Attracts More People
C.Reading Habits Change with the Times
D.Good News Beats Bad on Social Networks
答案
[语篇解读] 新闻媒体为了吸引人们的眼球,常常报道不好的消息或悲惨的事情,但是随着网
络的发展情况有了变化。研究者通过追踪人们的邮件和网络跟帖,发现好的消息传播得更快。
在现在的社交网络中,好消息打败了坏消息,人们更倾向于传播正能量的文章等。
1.A 细节理解题。根据文章第一段中的 Those are the classic rules for the evening
broadcasts and the morning papers. 可知传统规则适用于新闻报道,故答案是A。
2.C 推理判断题。根据文章第二段可知大众媒体只关心是否吸引你的眼球,而不关心你的
感受,但是当你和你的朋友分享故事的时候,你会非常关心你朋友的反应,不希望对方认为你
是一个冷漠的、不体贴的人。C选项符合文意。
3.B 细节理解题。根据第三段倒数第二句话可知科学类的文章比非科学类的文章被写入邮
件的可能性大得多,故B选项正确。
4.D 主旨要义题。根据文章的第一段可知,坏消息传播得更快。如果新闻里有流血事件,那
么这条新闻会成为头版头条,引起人们的注意。但是现在情况发生了变化,研究者通过追踪人
们的邮件和网络跟帖,发现好的消息传播得更快。在现在的社交网络中,好消息打败了坏消息,
故D选项正确。
Passage 10(2016北京,B)
Surviving Hurricane Sandy(飓风桑迪)
Natalie Doan,14,has always felt lucky to live in Rockaway, New York.Living just a
few blocks from the beach, Natalie can see the ocean and hear the waves from her
35 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
house.“It's the ocean that makes Rockaway so special,”she says.
On October 29, 2012, that ocean turned fierce. That night, Hurricane Sandy attacked
the East Coast, and Rockaway was hit especially hard. Fortunately, Natalie's family
escaped to Brooklyn shortly before the city's bridges closed.
When they returned to Rockaway the next day,they found their neighborhood in ruins.
Many of Natalie's friends had lost their homes and were living far away. All around her,
people were suffering, especially the elderly. Natalie's school was so damaged that she had
to temporarily attend a school in Brooklyn.
In the following few days, the men and women helping Rockaway recover inspired
Natalie. Volunteers came with carloads of donated clothing and toys. Neighbors devoted
their spare time to helping others rebuild. Teenagers climbed dozens of flights of stairs to
deliver water and food to elderly people trapped in powerless high-rise buildings.
“My mom tells me that I can't control what happens to me,”Natalie says, “but I
can always choose how I deal with it.”
Natalie's choice was to help.
She created a website page, matching survivors in need with donors who wanted to
help. Natalie posted information about a boy named Patrick, who lost his baseball card
collection when his house burned down. Within days, Patrick's collection was replaced.
In the coming months, her website page helped lots of kids:Christopher, who received
a new basketball; Charlie, who got a new keyboard. Natalie also worked with other
organizations to bring much-needed supplies to Rockaway. Her efforts made her a famous
person. Last April, she was invited to the White House and honored as a Hurricane
Sandy Champion of Change.
Today, the scars(创痕) of destruction are still seen in Rockaway, but hope is in the
air. The streets are clear, and many homes have been rebuilt. “I can't imagine living
anywhere but Rockaway,”Natalie declares.“My neighborhood will be back, even stronger
than before.”
1.When Natalie returned to Rockaway after the hurricane, she found .
A.some friends had lost their lives
B.her neighborhood was destroyed
C.her school had moved to Brooklyn
D.the elderly were free from suffering
2.According to Paragraph 4, who inspired Natalie most?
A.The people helping Rockaway rebuild.
B.The people trapped in high-rise buildings.
C.The volunteers donating money to survivors.
D.Local teenagers bringing clothing to elderly people.
3.How did Natalie help the survivors?
A.She gave her toys to other kids.
B.She took care of younger children.
C.She called on the White House to help.
D.She built an information sharing platform.
4.What does the story intend to tell us?
A.Little people can make a big difference.
36 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
B.A friend in need is a friend indeed.
C.East or west, home is best.
D.Technology is power.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为记叙文。飓风桑迪袭击了Natalie的家乡Rockaway,损失很大,一些人的
援助行为鼓舞了Natalie,她创办了一个网站来帮助家乡的人们。
1.B 细节理解题。根据第三段开头“...they found their neighborhood in ruins.”可知B项
正确。
2.A 细节理解题。根据第四段开头第一句可知帮助Rockaway进行重建的人们鼓舞了她,包
括带来捐赠品的志愿者、帮助他人的邻居以及帮助老人的青少年们,故A项正确。
3.D 推理判断题。根据倒数第三段可知Natalie创办了一个网站,发布需要帮助的幸存者的
信息,从而可以让捐赠者们找到捐赠的对象,由此可知她建立了一个信息分享平台,故D项正
确。
4.A 推理判断题。从整篇文章可以得知,Natalie虽然年纪不大,但是她在飓风后家乡的重建
过程中,创办了一个信息分享平台,为他人提供了巨大的帮助,故A项正确。
Passage 11(2016天津,A)
A Language Programme for Teenagers
Welcome to Teenagers Abroad!We invite you to join us on an amazing journey of
language learning.
Our Courses
Regardless of your choice of course, you'll develop your language ability both quickly and
effectively.
Our Standard Course guarantees a significant increase in your confidence in a foreign
language, with focused teaching in all 4 skill areas—speaking, listening, reading and
writing.
Our Intensive Course builds on our Standard Course, with 10 additional lessons per week,
guaranteeing the fastest possible language learning(see table below).
Number of
Course Type Days Course Timetable
Lessons
Standard
Mon—Fri 20 lessons 9:00—12:30
Course
Intensive 20 lessons 9:00—12:30
Mon—Fri
Course 10 lessons 13:00—14:30
Evaluation
Students are placed into classes according to their current language skills.The majority of
them take an online language test before starting their programme. However, if this is not
available, students sit the exam on the first Monday of their course.
Learning materials are provided to students throughout their course, and there will never
be more than 15 participants in each class.
Arrivals and Transfer
Our programme offers the full package—students are taken good care of from the start
through to the very end. They are collected from the airport upon arrival and brought to
their accommodation in comfort. We require the student's full flight details at least 4
weeks in advance.
Meals/Allergies(过敏)/Special Dietary Requirements
37 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Students are provided with breakfast, dinner and either a cooked or packed lunch(which
consists of a sandwich, a drink and a dessert). Snacks outside of mealtimes may be
purchased by the student individually.
We ask that you let us know of any allergies or dietary requirements as well as
information about any medicines you take. Depending on the type of allergies and/or
dietary requirements, an extra charge may be made for providing special food.
1.How does Intensive Course differ from Standard Course?
A.It is less effective.
B.It focuses on speaking.
C.It includes extra lessons.
D.It gives you confidence.
2.When can a student attend Standard Course?
A.13:00—14:30 Monday.
B.9:00—12:30 Tuesday.
C.13:00—14:30 Friday.
D.9:00—12:30 Saturday.
3.Before starting their programme, students are expected to .
A.take a language test
B.have an online interview
C.prepare learning materials
D.report their language levels
4.With the full package, the programme organiser is supposed to .
A.inform students of their full flight details
B.look after students throughout the programme
C.offer students free sightseeing trips
D.collect students' luggage in advance
5.Which of the following may require an extra payment?
A.Cooked dinner.
B.Mealtime dessert.
C.Packed lunch.
D.Special diet.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为应用文,题材为广告类。文章介绍了一家名为“Teenagers Abroad”的语
言培训机构为青少年开办的短期培训课程的相关情况。
1.C 细节理解题。由Our Courses部分中的“Our Intensive Course builds on our Standard
Course, with 10 additional lessons per week”可知,Intensive Course是在Standard Course
的基础上,每周额外增加10节课。故答案为C。
2.B 细节理解题。由表格中的Standard Course一行的信息可知,B项正确。
3.A 细节理解题。由Evaluation部分中的“The majority of them take an online language
test before starting their programme.”可知,大多数参训的学生在开始培训前要进行一次在
线语言测试,故选A。
4.B 推理判断题。由Arrivals and Transfer部分的首句可推知,课程的组织者应该自始至终
照看好学员,故选B。
38 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
5.D 推理判断题。由最后一句“...an extra charge may be made for providing special
food.”可推知,对于所提供的特殊饮食,需要加收额外的费用。故选D。
Passage 12(2016江苏,C)
El Niño, a Spanish term for “the Christ child”, was named by South American
fishermen who noticed that the global weather pattern, which happens every two to seven
years, reduced the amount of fishes caught around Christmas. El Niño sees warm water,
collected over several years in the western Pacific, flow back eastwards when winds that
normally blow westwards weaken, or sometimes the other way round.
The weather effects, both good and bad, are felt in many places. Rich countries gain
more from powerful Niños, on balance, than they lose. A study found that a strong Niño
in 1997-98 helped America's economy grow by$15 billion, partly because of better
agricultural harvests:farmers in the Midwest gained from extra rain. The total rise in
agricultural incomes in rich countries is greater than the fall in poor ones.
But in Indonesia extremely dry forests are in flames. A multi-year drought(干旱)in
south-east Brazil is becoming worse. Though heavy rains brought about by El Niño may
relieve the drought in California, they are likely to cause surface flooding and other
disasters.
The most recent powerful Niño, in 1997-98, killed around 21,000 people and caused
damage worth$36 billion around the globe. But such Niños come with months of warning,
and so much is known about how they happen that governments can prepare. According
to the Overseas Development Institute (ODI), however, just 12% of disaster-relief funding
in the past two decades has gone on reducing risks in advance, rather than recovery and
rebuilding afterwards. This is despite evidence that a dollar spent on risk-reduction saves
at least two on reconstruction.
Simple improvements to infrastructure(基础设施)can reduce the spread of disease.
Better sewers(下水道)make it less likely that heavy rain is followed by an outbreak of the
disease of bad stomach. Stronger bridges mean villages are less likely to be left without
food and medicine after floods. According to a paper in 2011 by Mr Hsiang and co-
authors, civil conflict is related to El Niño's harmful effects—and the poorer the country,
the stronger the link. Though the relationship may not be causal, helping divided
communities to prepare for disasters would at least reduce the risk that those disasters are
followed by killing and wounding people. Since the poorest are least likely to make up
for their losses from disasters linked to El Niño, reducing their losses needs to be the
priority.
1.What can we learn about El Niño in Paragraph 1?
A.It is named after a South American fisherman.
B.It takes place almost every year all over the world.
C.It forces fishermen to stop catching fish around Christmas.
D.It sees the changes of water flow direction in the ocean.
2.What may El Niños bring about to the countries affected?
A.Agricultural harvests in rich countries fall.
B.Droughts become more harmful than floods.
C.Rich countries' gains are greater than their losses.
D.Poor countries suffer less from droughts economically.
39 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
3.The data provided by ODI in Paragraph 4 suggest that .
A.more investment should go to risk reduction
B.governments of poor countries need more aid
C.victims of El Niño deserve more compensation
D.recovery and reconstruction should come first
4.What is the author's purpose in writing the passage?
A.To introduce El Niño and its origin.
B.To explain the consequences of El Niño.
C.To show ways of fighting against El Niño.
D.To urge people to prepare for El Niño.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是一篇说明文,主要介绍了厄尔尼诺现象名称的由来、发生的时间、造成
的影响,督促人们加强风险前资金的投入,改进基础设施,为厄尔尼诺现象的发生做好准备。
1.D 细节理解题。根据文章第一段的 El Niño sees warm water, collected over several
years in the western Pacific, flow back eastwards when winds that normally blow
westwards weaken, or sometimes the other way round.可知厄尔尼诺现象见证了大海中水
流方向的变化。故选D。
2.C 细节理解题。根据文章第二段的 Rich countries gain more from powerful Niños, on
balance, than they lose.可知总的来说富裕国家收获的比失去的多,故C项正确。
3.A 推理判断题。根据文章第四段第三句 According to the Overseas Development
Institute (ODI), however, just 12% of disaster-relief funding in the past two decades has
gone on reducing risks in advance...可知在过去二十年里仅有12%的灾难救济资金用于提
前降低风险,因此第四段旨在说明应该投入更多的资金来降低风险。
4.D 主旨要义题。综合全文内容并结合文章最后一段可知本文旨在督促人们为厄尔尼诺现
象做好准备。
Passage 13(2016江苏,D)
Not so long ago, most people didn't know who Shelly-Ann Fraser-Pryce was going to
become. She was just an average high school athlete. There was every indication that she
was just another Jamaican teenager without much of a future. However, one person
wanted to change this. Stephen Francis observed then eighteen-year-old Shelly-Ann at a
track meet and was convinced that he had seen the beginnings of true greatness. Her
times were not exactly impressive, but even so, he sensed there was something trying to
get out, something the other coaches had overlooked when they had assessed her and
found her lacking. He decided to offer Shelly-Ann a place in his very strict training
sessions. Their cooperation quickly produced results, and a few years later at Jamaica's
Olympic trials in early 2008, Shelly-Ann, who at that time only ranked number 70 in the
world, beat Jamaica's unchallenged queen of the sprint(短跑).
“ Where did she come from?” asked an astonished sprinting world, before
concluding that she must be one of those one-hit wonders that spring up from time to
time, only to disappear again without signs. But Shelly-Ann was to prove that she was
anything but a one-hit wonder. At the Beijing Olympics she swept away any doubts about
her ability to perform consistently by becoming the first Jamaican woman ever to win the
100 metres Olympic gold. She did it again one year on at the World Championships in
Berlin, becoming world champion with a time of 10.73—the fourth fastest time ever.
40 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Shelly-Ann is a little woman with a big smile. She has a mental toughness that did
not come about by chance. Her journey to becoming the fastest woman on earth has been
anything but smooth and effortless. She grew up in one of Jamaica's toughest inner-city
communities known as Waterhouse, where she lived in a one-room apartment, sleeping
four in a bed with her mother and two brothers. Waterhouse, one of the poorest
communities in Jamaica, is a really violent and overpopulated place. Several of Shelly-
Ann's friends and family were caught up in the killings; one of her cousins was shot
dead only a few streets away from where she lived. Sometimes her family didn't have
enough to eat. She ran at the school championships barefooted because she couldn't afford
shoes. Her mother Maxime, one of a family of fourteen, had been an athlete herself as a
young girl but, like so many other girls in Waterhouse, had to stop after she had her first
baby.Maxime's early entry into the adult world with its responsibilities gave her the
determination to ensure that her kids would not end up in Waterhouse's roundabout of
poverty. One of the first things Maxime used to do with Shelly-Ann was taking her to
the track, and she was ready to sacrifice everything.
It didn't take long for Shelly-Ann to realize that sports could be her way out of
Waterhouse. On a summer evening in Beijing in 2008, all those long, hard hours of work
and commitment finally bore fruit. The barefoot kid who just a few years previously had
been living in poverty, surrounded by criminals and violence, had written a new chapter in
the history of sports.
But Shelly-Ann's victory was far greater than that. The night she won Olympic gold
in Beijing, the routine murders in Waterhouse and the drug wars in the neighbouring
streets stopped. The dark cloud above one of the world's toughest criminal neighbourhoods
simply disappeared for a few days. “ I have so much fire burning for my
country,”Shelly said. She plans to start a foundation for homeless children and wants to
build a community centre in Waterhouse. She hopes to inspire the Jamaicans to lay down
their weapons. She intends to fight to make it a woman's as well as a man's world.
As Muhammad Ali puts it, “Champions aren't made in gyms. Champions are made
from something they have deep inside them. A desire, a dream, a vision.”One of the
things Shelly-Ann can be proud of is her understanding of this truth.
1. Why did Stephen Francis decide to coach Shelly-Ann?
A.He had a strong desire to free her family from trouble.
B.He sensed a great potential in her despite her weaknesses.
C.She had big problems maintaining her performance.
D.She suffered a lot of defeats at the previous track meets.
2.What did the sprinting world think of Shelly-Ann before the 2008 Olympic Games?
A.She would become a promising star.
B.She badly needed to set higher goals.
C.Her sprinting career would not last long.
D.Her talent for sprinting was known to all.
3.What made Maxime decide to train her daughter on the track?
A.Her success and lessons in her career.
B.Her interest in Shelly-Ann's quick profit.
C.Her wish to get Shelly-Ann out of poverty.
41 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
D.Her early entrance into the sprinting world.
4.What can we infer from Shelly-Ann's statement underlined in Paragraph 5?
A.She was highly rewarded for her efforts.
B.She was eager to do more for her country.
C.She became an athletic star in her country.
D.She was the envy of the whole community.
5.By mentioning Muhammad Ali's words, the author intends to tell us that .
A.players should be highly inspired by coaches
B.great athletes need to concentrate on patience
C.hard work is necessary in one's achievements
D.motivation allows great athletes to be on the top
6.What is the best title for the passage?
A.The Making of a Great Athlete
B.The Dream for Championship
C.The Key to High Performance
D.The Power of Full Responsibility
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是一篇记叙文。题材为人物故事类。本文讲述了在北京奥运会上获得女
子100米短跑金牌的牙买加运动员Shelly-Ann的奋斗故事,也给那些想取得成功的人一个启
示:要有渴望、有梦想、有愿景。
1.B 推理判断题。根据第一段中的描述可知,从她身上教练看到了一个伟大成功的开始,看
到了她身上有东西可以被开发出来,尽管这些东西被其他教练忽视了。由此推断出这位教练
决定训练Shelly-Ann是因为他看到了Ann身上的那股巨大潜力。故答案为B项。
2.C 细节理解题。根据第二段中的描述:她就是那种偶尔出名一次的人(one-hit),会在毫无征
兆的情况下又销声匿迹了(disappear again without signs)可知答案为C项。
3.C 细节理解题。根据第三段中的描述:她下决心不会让她的孩子在Waterhouse一直过这
种贫穷的生活可知答案为C项。
4.B 推理判断题。本段描述:Shelly-Ann在北京奥运会获得金牌后她那个充满凶杀和暴力的
家乡也一下子安静了好几天。她说:我有很多能量为我的祖国去燃烧,由此推断出她说这句话
的目的就是想为自己的国家做更多的贡献,所以答案为B项。
5.D 推理判断题。拳王阿里说:冠军不是产生于体育馆,是产生于自己内心的某种东西。要
有渴望、有梦想、有愿景。由此推断出阿里认为做一件事的动机会让运动员达到巅峰。故
答案为D项。
6.A 主旨要义题。本文主要讲的是一位教练如何发现了Shelly-Ann并把她培养成世界冠军
的历程。所以答案为A项:一个伟大运动员的形成。
Passage 14(2016天津,B)
Every man wants his son to be somewhat of a clone, not in features but in footsteps.
As he grows you also age, and your ambitions become more unachievable. You begin to
realize that your boy, in your footsteps, could probably accomplish what you hoped for.
But footsteps can be muddied and they can go off in different directions.
My son Jody has hated school since day one in kindergarten. Science projects waited
until the last moment. Book reports weren't written until the final threat.
I've been a newspaperman all my adult life. My daughter is a university graduate
working toward her master's degree in English. But Jody? When he entered the tenth
42 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
grade he became a “vo-tech”student(技校学生). They're called“motorheads” by the
rest of the student body.
When a secretary in my office first called him“motorhead”, I was shocked. “Hey,
he's a good kid,” I wanted to say.“And smart, really.”
I learned later that motorheads are, indeed, different. They usually have dirty hands
and wear dirty work clothes. And they don't often make school honor rolls(光荣榜).
But being the parent of a motorhead is itself an experience in education. We who
labor in clean shirts in offices don't have the abilities that motorheads have. I began to
learn this when I had my car crashed. The cost to repair it was estimated at $ 800.
“Hey, I can fix it,” said Jody. I doubted it, but let him go ahead, for I had nothing to
lose.
My son, with other motorheads, fixed the car. They got parts(零件) from a junkyard,
and ability from vo-tech classes. The cost was $ 25 instead of $800.
Since that first repair job, a broken air-conditioner, a non-functioning washer and a
non-toasting toaster have been fixed. Neighbors and co-workers trust their car repairs to
him.
These kids are happiest when doing repairs. They joke and laugh and are living in
their own relaxed world. And their minds are bright despite their dirty hands and clothes.
I have learned a lot from my motorhead: publishers need printers, engineers need
mechanics, and architects need builders. Most importantly, I have learned that fathers don't
need clones in footsteps or anywhere else.
My son may never make the school honor roll. But he made mine.
1.What used to be the author's hope for his son?
A.To avoid becoming his clone.
B.To resemble him in appearance.
C.To develop in a different direction.
D.To reach the author's unachieved goals.
2.What can we learn about the author's children?
A.His daughter does better in school.
B.His daughter has got a master's degree.
C.His son tried hard to finish homework.
D.His son couldn't write his book reports.
3.The author let his son repair the car because he believed that .
A.his son had the ability to fix it
B.it would save him much time
C.it wouldn't cause him any more loss
D.other motorheads would come to help
4.In the author's eyes, motorheads are .
A.tidy and hard-working
B.cheerful and smart
C.lazy but bright
D.relaxed but rude
5.What did the author realize in the end?
A.It is unwise to expect your child to follow your path.
43 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
B.It is important for one to make the honor roll.
C.Architects play a more important role than builders.
D.Motorheads have greater ability than office workers.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为夹叙夹议文,题材为教育类。每一个人都希望自己的儿子和自己一样,不
是在容貌上,而是在人生的足迹上。作者通过自己儿子的成长经历意识到,做父亲的全然不需
要让儿子变成另一个自己。
1.D 推理判断题。由首段“As he grows you also age, and your ambitions become more
unachievable. You begin to realize that your boy, in your footsteps, could probably
accomplish what you hoped for.”可推断出作者原来一直希望儿子能跟随自己的脚步来实
现自己未实现的目标,故答案为D项。
2.A 推理判断题。由第二段“Science projects waited until the last moment. Book reports
weren't written until the final threat.”可排除C项(他儿子努力完成作业);文中并未提及他的
儿子不会写读书报告,故排除D项;根据第三段“...working toward her master's degree”,可
排除B项(已经获得硕士学位);根据第二段对儿子的介绍(他儿子不爱学习,功课不好),对照第
三段“My daughter is a university graduate...”可推知她的女儿上学功课很好,故答案为A
项。
3.C 细节理解题。由第六段尾句“I doubted it, but let him go ahead, for I had nothing
to lose.”(我对此感到怀疑,但还是让他去做了,因为我没有任何损失。)可知选C项(那不会给
他造成更多损失)。
4.B 观点态度题。由倒数第三段“They joke and laugh and are living in their own
relaxed world. And their minds are bright despite...”可知答案为 B 项(cheerful and
smart)。
5.A 推理判断题。由倒数第二段尾句“Most importantly, I have learned that fathers don't
need clones in footsteps or anywhere else.”(最重要的是,我意识到为人之父不必将自己的
事业或者其他东西得以继承。)及文章最后一句可知选A项。
高级词块 honor rolls光荣榜
长难句 You begin to realize that your boy, in your footsteps, could probably accomplish
what you hoped for.你开始意识到你的儿子跟随你的脚步很可能会完成你希望做的事情。
that引导宾语从句,作动词realize的宾语;what引导宾语从句,作动词accomplish的宾语;in
your footsteps为插入语。
Passage 15(2016北京,D)
Why College Is Not Home
The college years are supposed to be a time for important growth in autonomy(自主
性) and the development of adult identity. However, now they are becoming an extended
period of adolescence,during which many of today's students are not shouldered with adult
responsibilities.
For previous generations, college was a decisive break from parental control;guidance
and support needed to come from people of the same age and from within. In the past
two decades, however, continued connection with and dependence on family, thanks to cell
phones, email and social media, have increased significantly. Some parents go so far as to
help with coursework. Instead of promoting the idea of college as a passage from the
shelter of the family to autonomy and adult responsibility, universities have given in to
44 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
the idea that they should provide the same environment as that of the home.
To prepare for increased autonomy and responsibility,college needs to be a time of
exploration and experimentation. This process involves “ trying on” new ways of
thinking about oneself both intellectually(在思维方面) and personally. While we should
provide “safe spaces” within colleges, we must also make it safe to express opinions
and challenge majority views. Intellectual growth and flexibility are fostered by strict
debate and questioning.
Learning to deal with the social world is equally important. Because a college
community(群体) differs from the family, many students will struggle to find a sense of
belonging. If students rely on administrators to regulate their social behavior and thinking
pattern,they are not facing the challenge of finding an identity within a larger and
complex community.
Moreover, the tendency for universities to monitor and shape student behavior runs up
against another characteristic of young adults:the response to being controlled by their
elders. If acceptable social behavior is too strictly defined(规定) and controlled, the
insensitive or aggressive behavior that administrators are seeking to minimize may actually
be encouraged.
It is not surprising that young people are likely to burst out, particularly when there
are reasons to do so. Our generation once joined hands and stood firm at times of
national emergency. What is lacking today is the conflict between adolescents' desire for
autonomy and their understanding of an unsafe world. Therefore, there is the desire for
their dorms to be replacement homes and not places to experience intellectual growth.
Every college discussion about community values, social climate and behavior should
include recognition of the developmental importance of student autonomy and self-
regulation, of the necessary tension between safety and self-discovery.
1.What's the author's attitude toward continued parental guidance to college students?
A.Sympathetic. B.Disapproving.
C.Supportive. D.Neutral.
2.The underlined word “passage” in Paragraph 2 means .
A.change B.choice
C.text D.extension
3.According to the author, what role should college play?
A.To develop a shared identity among students.
B.To define and regulate students' social behavior.
C.To provide a safe world without tension for students.
D.To foster students' intellectual and personal development.
4.Which of the following shows the development of ideas in the passage?
45 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
I:Introduction P:Point Sp:Sub-point(次要点)
C:Conclusion
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是议论文,题材为学校教育类。大学时期应该是学生成长的一个重要时期,
学生应在这段时期学会独立和发现。但是现在的大学时期却成了青春期的延续,大学没有教
给学生独立,也没有让学生学会发现。
1.B 推理判断题。根据第一段可知,作者不赞同大学生继续接受父母的指导。sympathetic
同情的;disapproving不赞成的,不同意的;supportive支持的;neutral中立的。
2.A 猜测词义题。根据语境可知此处表达的是“大学时期是一个从家庭庇护到独立和承担
成人责任的转化时期”,所以答案为A项。
3.D 推理判断题。根据第三段的内容可知答案为D项。
4.C 推理判断题。文章第一段引入主题,第二段描述了大学时期是怎样变成青春期的延续
的,第三段提出如何解决这一问题,第四段和第五段提出了解决这个问题的原因,最后进行总
结。故选C项。
高级词块 a sense of belonging归属感
长难句 Every college discussion about community values, social climate and behavior
should include recognition of the developmental importance of student autonomy and self-
regulation, of the necessary tension between safety and self-discovery.大学里有关团体价值
观、社会风气和行为的每一项讨论都应该包含对学生自主和自我管理发展重要性的认识,包
含对安全和自我发现之间必要矛盾的认识。
本句为简单句,其主干为Every college discussion should include recognition,三个of短
语作定语。
Passage 16(2016课标全国Ⅰ,A)
You probably know who Marie Curie was, but you may not have heard of Rachel
Carson. Of the outstanding ladies listed below, who do you think was the most important
woman of the past 100 years?
Jane Addams(1860—1935)
Anyone who has ever been helped by a social worker has Jane Addams to thank.
Addams helped the poor and worked for peace. She encouraged a sense of community(社
区)by creating shelters and promoting education and services for people in need. In 1931,
Addams became the first American woman to win the Nobel Peace Prize.
Rachel Carson(1907—1964)
If it weren't for Rachel Carson, the environmental movement might not exist today.
Her popular 1962 book Silent Spring raised awareness of the dangers of pollution and the
harmful effects of chemicals on humans and on the world's lakes and oceans.
Sandra Day O'Connor(1930—present)
When Sandra Day O'Connor finished third in her class at Stanford Law School, in
1952, she could not find work at a law firm because she was a woman. She became an
46 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Arizona state senator(参议员)and, in 1981, the first woman to join the U.S. Supreme
Court. O'Connor gave the deciding vote in many important cases during her 24 years on
the top court.
Rosa Parks(1913—2005)
On December 1,1955, in Montgomery, Alabama, Rosa Parks would not give up her
seat on a bus to a white passenger. Her simple act landed Parks in prison. But it also set
off the Montgomery bus boycott. It lasted for more than a year, and kicked off the civil-
rights movement. “The only tired I was, was tired of giving in,”said Parks.
1.What is Jane Addams noted for in history?
A.Her social work.
B.Her teaching skills.
C.Her efforts to win a prize.
D.Her community background.
2.What was the reason for O'Connor's being rejected by the law firm?
A.Her lack of proper training in law.
B.Her little work experience in court.
C.The discrimination against women.
D.The poor financial conditions.
3.Who made a great contribution to the civil-rights movement in the U.S.?
A.Jane Addams. B.Rachel Carson.
C.Sandra Day O'Connor. D.Rosa Parks.
4.What can we infer about the women mentioned in the text?
A.They are highly educated. B.They are truly creative.
C.They are pioneers. D.They are peace-lovers.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了100年以来历史上在各个领域做出杰出
贡献的四位伟大女性。
1.A 细节理解题。根据文章第二段第一句和第二句可知,Jane Addams帮助穷人,为和平而
努力,做出了很大的贡献,因此判断选A项。B项“她的教学技能”。C项“她得奖的努力”。
D项“她的社区背景”。这三项文中均未提及。
2.C 细节理解题。根据文章第四段第一句可知:Sandra Day O'Connor 1952年在斯坦福法
学院毕业之后,因为是一位女士而不能在律师事务所找到工作,由此可判断当时社会对妇女的
歧视,故选C项。A项,根据文中信息“她从法学院毕业”可知她不缺乏法律的培训。B项,她
法庭经验的缺乏不是找不到工作的理由,原因是她是妇女。D项,贫穷的经济状况,文中未提
及。discrimination n.歧视。
3.D 细节理解题。根据文章第五段第四句中的kicked off the civil-rights movement可判断
Rosa Parks为民权运动做出了贡献,故选D项。其他三项均和民权运动无关。
4.C 推理判断题。根据全文中四名女士在不同领域做出的贡献可知,她们是自己领域中的
先锋人物,故选C项。A项,文中只提及一人受到了高等教育。B项,显然几人均和创造性无关。
D项,只有一人的贡献与和平有关。
高级词块 1.noted/ˈnəʊtɪd/adj.(以……)见称,闻名,著名 2.firm/fɜːm/n.商行;商号;公司
长难句 If it weren't for Rachel Carson, the environmental movement might not exist
today. 如果不是Rachel Carson,今天的环保运动可能不会存在。
47 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
本句为主从复合句,该句使用了虚拟语气。if it weren't for...相当于without...。
Passage 17(2016江苏,A)
Day School Program
Secondary students across Toronto District School Board(TDSB) are invited to take one
or two e-Learning courses on their day school timetable. Students will remain on the
roll at their day school.
The on-line classroom provides an innovative, relevant and interactive learning
environment. The courses and on-line classroom are provided by the Ministry of
Education.
These on-line courses:
are taught by TDSB secondary school teachers;
are part of the TDSB student's timetable;and,
appear on the student's report upon completion.
Benefits of e-Learning
Include:
access to courses that may not be available at his or her TDSB school;
using technology to provide students with current information;and,
assistance to solve timetable conflicts.
Is e-Learning for You?
Students who are successful in an on-line course are usually:
able to plan,organize time and complete assignments and activities;
capable of working independently in a responsible and honest manner;and,
able to regularly use a computer or mobile device with internet access.
Students need to spend at least as much time with their on-line course work as they
would in a face-to-face classroom course.
1.E-Learning courses are different from other TDSB courses in that .
A.they are given by best TDSB teachers
B.they are not on the day school timetable
C.they are not included on students' reports
D.they are an addition to TDSB courses
2.What do students need to do before completing e-Learning courses?
A.To learn information technology on-line.
B.To do their assignments independently.
C.To update their mobile devices regularly.
D.To talk face to face with their teachers.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是一篇说明文,主要介绍了e-Learning courses 即网上学习课程的情况。
1.D 推理判断题。根据文章第三段的are taught by TDSB secondary school teachers可知,
这些网上学习课程只是由TDSB的老师教授,而没有说是最好的TDSB老师教, A项错误;根
据第一段的on their day school timetable可知,网上学习课程是在学生的课程表上的, B项
错误;根据文章第三段的appear on the student's report upon completion可知,网上学习课程
是会体现在学生的报告书里的, C项错误;根据文章前两部分内容,尤其是Benefits of e-
Learning部分的access to courses that may not be available at his or her TDSB school可
知,这些网上学习课程是TDSB课程的补充,故选D项。
2.B 细节理解题。根据Is e-Learning for You?部分的capable of working independently in
a responsible and honest manner可知,学生要成功地学完网上课程,必须以负责和诚实的态
48 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
度独立完成作业,也就是说,学生在完成网上学习课程之前需独立完成自己的任务。文章没有
提到A、C、D三项。
高级词块 1.e-Learning courses线上学习课程 2.innovative/ˈɪnəveɪtɪv/adj.创新的
Passage 18(2015课标全国Ⅰ,B)
The freezing Northeast hasn't been a terribly fun place to spend time this winter,so
when the chance came for a weekend to Sarasota,Florida,my bags were packed before you
could say“sunshine”.I left for the land of warmth and vitamin C(维生素C),thinking of
beaches and orange trees.When we touched down to blue skies and warm air,I sent up a
small prayer of gratefulness.Swimming pools,wine tasting,and pink sunsets(at normal
evening hours,not 4 in the afternoon)filled the weekend,but the best part—particularly to
my taste,dulled by months of cold-weather root vegetables—was a 7 a.m.adventure to the
Sarasota farmers' market that proved to be more than worth the early wake-up call.
The market,which was founded in 1979,sets up its tents every Saturday from 7 a.m.to
1 p.m.,rain or shine,along North Lemon and State streets.Baskets of perfect red
strawberries;the red-painted sides of the Java Dawg coffee truck;and most of all,the
tomatoes:amazing,large,soft and round red tomatoes.
Disappointed by many a broken,vine-ripened(蔓上成熟的)promise,I've refused to buy
winter tomatoes for years.No matter how attractive they look in the store,once I get them
home they're unfailingly dry,hard,and tasteless.But I homed in,with uncertainty,on one
particular table at the Brown's Grove Farm's stand,full of fresh and soft tomatoes the size
of my fist.These were the real deal—and at that moment,I realized that the best part of
Sarasota in winter was going to be eating things that back home in New York I wouldn't
be experiencing again for months.
Delighted as I was by the tomatoes in sight,my happiness deepened when I learned
that Brown's Grove Farm is one of the suppliers for Jack Dusty,a newly opened restaurant
at the Sarasota Ritz Carlton,where—luckily for me—I was planning to have dinner that
very night.Without even seeing the menu,I knew I'd be ordering every tomato on it.
1.What did the author think of her winter life in New York?
A.Exciting. B.Boring. C.Relaxing. D.Annoying.
2.What made the author's getting up early worthwhile?
A.Having a swim.
B.Breathing in fresh air.
C.Walking in the morning sun.
D.Visiting a local farmers' market.
3.What can we learn about tomatoes sold in New York in winter?
A.They are soft. B.They look nice.
C.They taste great. D.They are juicy.
4.What was the author going to do that evening?
A.Go to a farm. B.Check into a hotel.
C.Eat in a restaurant. D.Buy fresh vegetables.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为记叙文,题材是个人经历。纽约寒冷的冬天很是无趣,所以当有机会去佛
罗里达州的Sarasota过周末时,我马上就收拾好行李出发了。在那里的经历真是让人回味无
49 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
穷,在那里还见到了与纽约不一样的西红柿。
1.B 推理判断题。根据第一段第一句 The freezing Northeast hasn't been a terribly fun
place to spend time this winter...可以看出作者认为寒冷的东北地区是一个无趣的地方,故B
项正确。
2.D 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句...was a 7 a.m.adventure to the Sarasota farmers'
market that proved to be more than worth the early wake-up call.可知,作者认为Sarasota
农场之行使得早起非常值得。
3.B 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句No matter how attractive they look in the store...可
以看出纽约冬天出售的西红柿看起来很吸引人,故B项正确。
4.C 细节理解题。根据最后一段中的...a newly opened restaurant...where—luckily for me
—I was planning to have dinner that very night.可知作者打算在那天晚上去饭店美餐一顿。
Passage 19(2015课标全国Ⅰ,D)
Conflict is on the menu tonight at the cafe La Chope.This evening,as on every
Thursday night,psychologist Maud Lehanne is leading two of France's favorite
pastimes,coffee drinking and the“talking cure”.Here they are learning to get in touch
with their true feelings.It isn't always easy.The customers—some thirty Parisians who pay
just under $2(plus drinks)per session—are quick to intellectualize(高谈阔论),slow to open
up and connect.“You are forbidden to say‘one feels,’or‘people think’,”Lehanne told
them.“Say ‘I think,’‘Think me’.”
A cafe society where no intellectualizing is allowed?It couldn't seem more un-
French.But Lehanne's psychology cafe is about more than knowing oneself:It's trying to
help the city's troubled neighborhood cafes.Over the years,Parisian cafes have fallen victim
to changes in the French lifestyle—longer working hours,a fast-food boom and a younger
generation's desire to spend more time at home.Dozens of new theme cafes appear to
change the situation.Cafes focused around psychology,history,and engineering are catching
on,filling tables well into the evening.
The city's“psychology cafes”,which offer great comfort,are among the most popular
places.Middle-aged homemakers,retirees,and the unemployed come to such cafes to talk
about love,anger,and dreams with a psychologist.And they come to Lehanne's group just to
learn to say what they feel.“There's a strong need in Paris for communication,”says
Maurice Frisch,a cafe La Chope regular who works as a religious instructor in a nearby
church.“People have few real friends.And they need to open up.”Lehanne says she'd like
to see psychology cafes all over France.“If people had normal lives,these cafes wouldn't
exist,”she says.“If life weren't a battle,people wouldn't need a special place just to
speak.”But then,it wouldn't be France.
1.What are people encouraged to do at the cafe La Chope?
A.Learn a new subject.
B.Keep in touch with friends.
C.Show off their knowledge.
D.Express their true feelings.
2.How are cafes affected by French lifestyle changes?
A.They are less frequently visited.
B.They stay open for longer hours.
50 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
C.They have bigger night crowds.
D.They start to serve fast food.
3.What are theme cafes expected to do?
A.Create more jobs.
B.Supply better drinks.
C.Save the cafe business.
D.Serve the neighborhood.
4.Why are psychology cafes becoming popular in Paris?
A.They bring people true friendship.
B.They give people spiritual support.
C.They help people realize their dreams.
D.They offer a platform for business links.
答案
[语篇解读] 心理学家Lehanne开设了一家主题咖啡店,在这里顾客可以敞开心扉,自由表达
自己的真实情感。她希望把自己的咖啡店推广到整个法国,因为法国人需要这样的“心理咖
啡店”。
1.D 细节理解题。根据第一段第三句 Here they are learning to get in touch with their
true feelings.以及本段最后一句Lehanne所说的话中“Say‘I think,’‘Think me’.”可以
看出Lehanne鼓励来咖啡店的顾客表达自己的真实情感。故D项符合文章内容。
2.A 推理判断题。根据第二段中的 Over the years,Parisian cafes have fallen victim to
changes in the French lifestyle—longer working hours,a fast-food boom and a younger
generation's desire to spend more time at home.可知,这些年以来,巴黎的咖啡店都成为法国
人的生活方式发生改变的受害者,如法国人工作时间变长,非常喜欢快餐,年轻一代更渴望待
在家里面(而不愿去咖啡店)。故A项符合文章内容。
3.C 推理判断题。根据第二段倒数第二句Dozens of new theme cafes appear to change
the situation.可知,许多新的主题咖啡店的出现是为了改变法国咖啡店的现状,故C项正确。
4.B 推理判断题。最后一段指出中年家庭主妇、退休人员、失业人员会到这样的“心理咖
啡店”向心理学家畅谈自己的爱情、愤怒和梦想,“心理咖啡店”会给他们巨大的安慰,因而
是最受欢迎的地方之一。故B项符合文章意思。
Passage 20(2015课标全国Ⅱ,C)
More students than ever before are taking a gap year(间隔年)before going to
university.It used to be called the“year off”between school and university.The gap-year
phenomenon originated(起源)with the months left over to Oxbridge applicants between
entrance exams in November and the start of the next academic year.
This year,25,310 students who have accepted places in higher education institutions
have put off their entry until next year,according to statistics on university entrance
provided by the University and College Admissions Service(UCAS).
That is a record 14.7% increase in the number of students taking a gap year.Tony
Higgins from UCAS said that the statistics are good news for everyone in higher
education.“Students who take a well-planned year out are more likely to be satisfied
with,and complete,their chosen course.Students who take a gap year are often more mature
and responsible,”he said.
But not everyone is happy.Owain James,the president of the National Union of
Students(NUS),argued that the increase is evidence of student hardship—young people are
51 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
being forced into earning money before finishing their education.“New students are now
aware that they are likely to leave university up to ￡15,000 in debt.It is not surprising
that more and more students are taking a gap year to earn money to support their study
for the degree.NUS statistics show that over 40% of students are forced to work during
term time and the figure increases to 90% during vacation periods,”he said.
1.What do we learn about the gap year from the text?
A.It is flexible in length.
B.It is a time for relaxation.
C.It is increasingly popular.
D.It is required by universities.
2.According to Tony Higgins,students taking a gap year .
A.are better prepared for college studies
B.know a lot more about their future jobs
C.are more likely to leave university in debt
D.have a better chance to enter top universities
3.How does Owain James feel about the gap-year phenomenon?
A.He's puzzled. B.He's worried.
C.He's surprised. D.He's annoyed.
4.What would most students do on their vacation according to NUS statistics?
A.Attend additional courses.
B.Make plans for the new term.
C.Earn money for their education.
D.Prepare for their graduate studies.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文介绍了越来越多的学生在被大学录取后,不直接去上大学,而是在间隔年期
间赚取上大学的费用的现象。
1.C 推理判断题。根据文章第一段第一句话和第三段第一句话可知,越来越多的学生在被
大学录取后,不直接去上大学,而是选择经历一个间隔年。故选C。
2.A 推理判断题。根据第三段可知,Tony Higgins认为学生经历间隔年可以为未来的大学
教育做充分的准备,使他们变得更成熟和更有责任感。故选A。
3.B 推理判断题。在第四段中出现了 evidence of student hardship,being forced into
earning money,are forced to work等体现Owain James观点倾向的词语。由此可判断他对
间隔年这一现象表示担忧。
4.C 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段可知绝大部分学生在假期通过打工挣学费。故选C。
Passage 21(2015天津,D)
Once when I was facing a decision that involved high risk,I went to a friend.He
looked at me for a moment,and then wrote a sentence containing the best advice I've ever
had:Be bold and brave—and mighty(强大的)forces will come to your aid.
Those words made me see clearly that when I had fallen short in the past,it was
seldom because I had tried and failed.It was usually because I had let fear of failure stop
me from trying at all.On the other hand,whenever I had plunged into deep water,forced by
courage or circumstance,I had always been able to swim until I got my feet on the
ground again.
52 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Boldness means a decision to bite off more than you are sure you can eat .And there
is nothing mysterious about the mighty forces.They are potential powers we
possess:energy,skill,sound judgment,creative ideas—even physical strength greater than most
of us realize.
Admittedly,those mighty forces are spiritual ones.But they are more important than
physical ones.A college classmate of mine,Tim,was an excellent football player,even though
he weighed much less than the average player.“In one game I suddenly found myself
confronting a huge player,who had nothing but me between him and our goal line,”said
Tim.“I was so frightened that I closed my eyes and desperately threw myself at that guy
like a bullet(子弹)—and stopped him cold.”
Boldness—a willingness to extend yourself to the extreme—is not one that can be
acquired overnight.But it can be taught to children and developed in adults.Confidence
builds up.Surely,there will be setbacks(挫折)and disappointments in life;boldness in itself is
no guarantee of success.But the person who tries to do something and fails is a lot better
off than the person who tries to do nothing and succeeds.
So,always try to live a little bit beyond your abilities—and you'll find your abilities
are greater than you ever dreamed.
1.Why was the author sometimes unable to reach his goal in the past?
A.He faced huge risks.
B.He lacked mighty forces.
C.Fear prevented him from trying.
D.Failure blocked his way to success.
2.What is the implied meaning of the underlined part?
A.Swallow more than you can digest.
B.Act slightly above your abilities.
C.Develop more mysterious powers.
D.Learn to make creative decisions.
3.What was especially important for Tim's successful defense in the football game?
A.His physical strength. B.His basic skill.
C.His real fear. D.His spiritual force.
4.What can be learned from Paragraph 5?
A.Confidence grows more rapidly in adults.
B.Trying without success is meaningless.
C.Repeated failure creates a better life.
D.Boldness can be gained little by little.
5.What is the author's purpose in writing this passage?
A.To encourage people to be courageous.
B.To advise people to build up physical power.
C.To tell people the ways to guarantee success.
D.To recommend people to develop more abilities.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为夹叙夹议文,题材为人生哲理。作者通过朋友的建议告诉读者,要勇敢地
去尝试自己没有把握的事情,即便是失败也比从未尝试过要好很多。
1.C 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句It was usually because I had let fear of failure stop
53 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
me from trying at all.可知,作者过去没有实现目标通常都是因为害怕失败而没有去尝试,故
选C项。
2.B 猜测词义题。根据本段下文内容可知,我们都有比自己意识到的更大的潜在力量,甚至
包括体力,由此可推断出此处指“要做略微超出你的能力的事情”。
3.D 推理判断题。根据倒数第三段首句可知那些强大的力量是精神力量。Tim成功防守就
是源自精神力量,他的身体条件不及普通运动员。
4.D 推理判断题。根据第五段第一句话“Boldness...is not one that can be acquired
overnight.”可知,勇敢无畏不能在一夜之间就被培养出来,D项意为“勇敢无畏可以逐渐得
到”,符合该段段意。
5.A 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段可知,作者建议读者去尝试略微超出自己的能力的事
情,这样就会发现自己的能力比想象中的还大。由此可判断出A项正确。
Passage 22(2015天津,C)
One day when I was 12,my mother gave me an order:I was to walk to the public
library,and borrow at least one book for the summer.This was one more weapon for her
to defeat my strange problem—inability to read.
In the library,I found my way into the“Children's Room”.I sat down on the floor
and pulled a few books off the shelf at random.The cover of a book caught my eye.It
presented a picture of a beagle.I had recently had a beagle,the first and only animal
companion I ever had as a child.He was my secret sharer,but one morning,he was
gone,given away to someone who had the space and the money to care for him.I never
forgot my beagle.
There on the book's cover was a beagle which looked identical(相同的)to my dog.I
ran my fingers over the picture of the dog on the cover.My eyes ran across the
title,Amos,the Beagle with a Plan.Unknowingly,I had read the title.Without opening the
book,I borrowed it from the library for the summer.
Under the shade of a bush,I started to read about Amos.I read very,very slowly with
difficulty.Though pages were turned slowly,I got the main idea of the story about a dog
who,like mine,had been separated from his family and who finally found his way back
home.That dog was my dog,and I was the little boy in the book.At the end of the
story,my mind continued the final scene of reunion,on and on,until my own lost dog and I
were,in my mind,running together.
My mother's call returned me to the real world.I suddenly realized something:I had
read a book,and I had loved reading that book.Everyone knew I could not read.But I had
read it.Books could be incredibly wonderful and I was going to read them.
I never told my mother about my“miraculous(奇迹般的)”experience that summer,but
she saw a slow but remarkable improvement in my classroom performance during the next
year.And years later,she was proud that her son had read thousands of books,was awarded
a PhD in literature,and authored his own books,articles,poetry and fiction.The power of the
words has held.
1.The author's mother told him to borrow a book in order to .
A.encourage him to do more walking
B.let him spend a meaningful summer
C.help cure him of his reading problem
D.make him learn more about weapons
54 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
2.The book caught the author's eye because .
A.it contained pretty pictures of animals
B.it reminded him of his own dog
C.he found its title easy to understand
D.he liked children's stories very much
3.Why could the author manage to read the book through?
A.He was forced by his mother to read it.
B.He identified with the story in the book.
C.The book told the story of his pet dog.
D.The happy ending of the story attracted him.
4.What can be inferred from the last paragraph?
A.The author has become a successful writer.
B.The author's mother read the same book.
C.The author's mother rewarded him with books.
D.The author has had happy summers ever since.
5.Which one could be the best title of the passage?
A.The Charm of a Book
B.Mum's Strict Order
C.Reunion with My Beagle
D.My Passion for Reading
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为记叙文,题材为人物故事类。12岁时,作者的妈妈为了解决作者不能阅读
的问题,要求作者那年夏天去图书馆至少借一本书。但就是这次图书馆之行改变了作者,之后
作者读书越来越多,成绩越来越好,多年后取得了让妈妈感到骄傲的成就。
1.C 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句可知,作者的妈妈让作者去图书馆至少借一本书,这
是她解决作者阅读问题的武器,故C项正确。
2.B 推理判断题。根据第二段可知,图书封面上的小猎兔狗吸引了作者,这让他想起了自己
曾经养过的一只小猎兔狗,他们亲密无间,作者把自己的秘密与它分享,但后来这只小猎兔狗
被送给了他人,作者一直挂念着它。
3.B 推理判断题。根据第四段可知,作者读了这本书,因为他认为书中讲到的故事和自己的
经历相似,他认为书中的小猎兔狗就是他自己养过的那只小猎兔狗,想象着和它重逢的场面。
由此可判断出作者能把这本书看完,就是因为他和书中的故事产生了共鸣。
4.A 推理判断题。根据最后一段中“...was awarded a PhD in literature,and authored his
own books,articles,poetry and fiction.”可知,作者被授予文学博士学位,写了很多自己的书、
文章、诗歌以及小说,故A项“他成了一名成功的作家”正确。
5.A 主旨要义题。通过作者的经历可以得知,一本封面上有小猎兔狗的书改变了他的一生,
故A项“一本书的魅力”符合文章大意。
Passage 23(2015重庆,E)
The values of artistic works,according to cultural relativism(相对主义),are simply
reflections of local social and economic conditions.Such a view,however,fails to explain the
ability of some works of art to excite the human mind across cultures and through
centuries.
History has witnessed the endless productions of Shakespearean plays in every major
language of the world.It is never rare to find that Mozart packs Japanese concert halls,as
55 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Japanese painter Hiroshige does Paris galleries.Unique works of this kind are different
from today's popular art,even if they began as works of popular art.They have set
themselves apart in their timeless appeal and will probably be enjoyed for centuries into
the future.
In a 1757 essay,the philosopher David Hume argued that because“ the general
principles of taste are uniform(不变的)in human nature”,the value of some works of art
might be essentially permanent.He observed that Homer was still admired after two
thousand years.Works of this type,he believed,spoke to deep and unvarying features of
human nature and could continue to exist over centuries.
Now researchers are applying scientific methods to the study of the universality of
art.For example,evolutionary psychology is being used by literary scholars to explain the
long-lasting themes and plot devices in fiction.The structures of musical pieces are now
open to experimental analysis as never before.Research findings seem to indicate that the
creation by a great artist is as permanent an achievement as the discovery by a great
scientist.
1.According to the passage,what do we know about cultural relativism?
A.It introduces different cultural values.
B.It explains the history of artistic works.
C.It relates artistic values to local conditions.
D.It excites the human mind throughout the world.
2.In Paragraph 2,the artists are mentioned in order to show that .
A.great works of art can go beyond national boundaries
B.history gives art works special appeal to set them apart
C.popular arts are hardly distinguishable from great arts
D.great artists are skilled at combining various cultures
3.According to Hume,some works of art can exist for centuries because .
A.they are results of scientific study
B.they establish some general principles of art
C.they are created by the world's greatest artists
D.they appeal to unchanging features of human nature
4.Which of the following can best serve as the title of the passage?
A.Are Artistic Values Universal?
B.Are Popular Arts Permanent?
C.Is Human Nature Uniform?
D.Is Cultural Relativism Scientific?
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为议论文,题材为历史文化类。艺术作品的价值是什么?根据文化相对主义
的观点,这些作品就是当地社会和经济状况的反应。但这种观点与跨文化交流和跨世纪流传
的事实相悖,一位伟大的艺术家的创作就如同一位伟大的科学家的发现一样,是永恒的。
1.C 推理判断题。文章第一段第一句话对文化相对主义进行描述:艺术作品的价值就是当
地社会和经济状况的反应。由此可以推断出:文化相对主义把艺术作品的价值与当地的状况
联系在了一起。故选C项。
2.A 推理判断题。第二段作者提到了莎士比亚、莫扎特以及一个日本画家,他们的作品在
历史长河中跨越了国界。由此推断出作者提及这些艺术家是为了表明伟大的艺术作品会超
56 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
越国界的限制,故选A项。
3.D 推理判断题。根据第三段第一句可推断选D项。
4.A 主旨要义题。本文围绕艺术作品的价值展开了讨论,作者以实际例子说明了艺术作品
的价值是跨文化、跨世纪的。故选A项。
Passage 24(2015浙江,C)
If humans were truly at home under the light of the moon and stars,we would go in
darkness happily,the midnight world as visible to us as it is to the vast number of
nocturnal(夜间活动的)species on this planet.Instead,we are diurnal creatures,with eyes
adapted to living in the sun's light.This is a basic evolutionary fact,even though most of
us don't think of ourselves as diurnal beings.Yet it's the only way to explain what we've
done to the night:We've engineered it to receive us by filling it with light.
The benefits of this kind of engineering come with consequences— called light
pollution—whose effects scientists are only now beginning to study.Light pollution is
largely the result of bad lighting design,which allows artificial light to shine outward and
upward into the sky.Ill-designed lighting washes out the darkness of night and completely
changes the light levels—and light rhythms—to which many forms of life,including
ourselves,have adapted.Wherever human light spills into the natural world,some aspect of
life is affected.
In most cities the sky looks as though it has been emptied of stars,leaving behind a
vacant haze(霾)that mirrors our fear of the dark.We've grown so used to this orange haze
that the original glory of an unlit night—dark enough for the planet Venus to throw
shadows on Earth—is wholly beyond our experience,beyond memory almost.
We've lit up the night as if it were an unoccupied country,when nothing could be
further from the truth.Among mammals alone,the number of nocturnal species is
astonishing.Light is a powerful biological force,and on many species it acts as a
magnet(磁铁).The effect is so powerful that scientists speak of songbirds and seabirds
being“captured”by searchlights on land or by the light from gas flares on marine oil
platforms.Migrating at night,birds tend to collide with brightly lit tall buildings.
Frogs living near brightly lit highways suffer nocturnal light levels that are as much
as a million times brighter than normal,throwing nearly every aspect of their behavior out
of joint,including their nighttime breeding choruses.Humans are no less trapped by light
pollution than the frogs.Like most other creatures,we do need darkness. Darkness is as
essential to our biological welfare,to our internal clockwork,as light itself.
Living in a glare of our own making,we have cut ourselves off from our evolutionary
and cultural heritage—the light of the stars and the rhythms of day and night.In a very
real sense,light pollution causes us to lose sight of our true place in the universe,to forget
the scale of our being,which is best measured against the dimensions of a deep night with
the Milky Way—the edge of our galaxy—arching overhead.
1.According to the passage,human beings .
A.prefer to live in the darkness
B.are used to living in the day light
C.were curious about the midnight world
D.had to stay at home with the light of the moon
57 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
2.What does“it”(Paragraph 1)most probably refer to?
A.The night. B.The moon.
C.The sky. D.The planet.
3.The writer mentions birds and frogs to .
A.provide examples of animal protection
B.show how light pollution affects animals
C.compare the living habits of both species
D.explain why the number of certain species has declined
4.It is implied in the last paragraph that .
A.light pollution does harm to the eyesight of animals
B.light pollution has destroyed some of the world heritages
C.human beings cannot go to the outer space
D.human beings should reflect on their position in the universe
5.What might be the best title for the passage?
A.The Magic Light. B.The Orange Haze.
C.The Disappearing Night. D.The Rhythms of Nature.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为说明文,题材为环境保护类。人类的眼睛习惯了阳光下的生活,所以作者
认为人类属于日间活动的物种。但是晚上的灯光造成了光污染,这对人类自身、对动物等都
是不利的。
1.B 推理判断题。根据第一段第二句“Instead,we are diurnal creatures...”可以得知,人类
日间活动,眼睛习惯了阳光下的生活,B项与文章内容一致。
2.A 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句可知,把人类归为日间活动的物种才可以解释人类
在晚上所做的事情,也就是使夜晚充满灯光,由此可知it指代the night。
3.B 推理判断题。第四段和第五段提到了光污染对鸟类和青蛙的影响。光是一种强大的生
物力量,对许多物种来说它就像磁铁一样。鸟类无法逃脱陆地上的探照灯和海洋油井平台上
的灯光,而且还可能会撞上有光的建筑。青蛙因为光污染而放弃了某些行为,如晚上用叫声来
吸引异性的繁殖行为。概括这两段可知,作者以此来说明光污染确实影响到了动物。
4.D 推理判断题。根据最后一段中“...light pollution causes us to lose sight of our true
place in the universe,to forget the scale of our being...”可知,光污染让我们看不到自己在
宇宙中真正的位置,由此作者暗示人类应该反思自己在宇宙中的位置。
5.C 主旨要义题。概括全文可知,由于光污染,夜晚被照得通亮,这对人类自己、对其他生物
都是有害的,因而“消失的夜晚”可以概括文章大意。
Passage 25(2015四川,B)
Nothing could stop Dad.After he was put on disability for a bad back,he bought a
small farm in the country,just enough to grow food for the family.He planted
vegetables,fruit trees and even kept bees for honey.
And every week he cleaned Old Man McColgin's chicken house in exchange for
manure(肥料).The smell really burned the inside of your nose.When we complained about
the terrible smell,Dad said the stronger the manure,the healthier the crops,and he was
right.For example,just one of his cantaloupes filled the entire house with its sweet
smell,and the taste was even sweeter.
As the vegetables started coming in,Dad threw himself into cooking.One day,armed
with a basket of vegetables,he announced he was going to make stew(炖菜).Dad pulled
58 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
out a pressure cooker and filled it up with cabbages,eggplants,potatoes,corns,onions and
carrots.For about half an hour,the pressure built and the vegetables cooked.Finally,Dad
turned off the stove,the pot began to cool and the pressure relief valve sprayed out a
cloud of steam.If we thought Dad's pile of chicken manure was bad,this was 10 times
worse.When Dad took off the lid,the smell nearly knocked us out.
Dad carried the pot out and we opened doors and windows to air out the house.Just
how bad was it?The neighbors came out of their houses to see if we had a gas leak!
Determined,Dad filled our plates with steaming stew and passed them around.It didn't
look that bad,and after the first wave had shut down my ability to smell,it didn't offend
the nose so much,either.I took a taste.It would never win a prize in a cooking
competition,but it was surprisingly edible,and we drank up every last drop of soup!
1.Why did Dad clean Old Man McColgin's chicken house regularly?
A.To earn some money for the family.
B.To collect manure for his crops.
C.To get rid of the terrible smell.
D.To set a good example to us.
2.What can we infer about Dad's stew?
A.It is popular among the neighbors.
B.It contains honey and vegetables.
C.It looks very wonderful.
D.It tastes quite delicious.
3.What does the underlined word“offend”in the last paragraph mean?
A.To attract. B.To upset.
C.To air. D.To shut.
4.What can we learn about Dad from the text?
A.He is an experienced cook.
B.He is a troublesome father.
C.He has a positive attitude to life.
D.He suffers a lot from his disability.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为记叙文,题材为日常生活类。作者的爸爸患上背疾之后,仍然不断尝试新
事物。他买了个小农场种蔬菜、果树甚至养蜜蜂。为了让蔬菜长得更好,他用臭烘烘的鸡粪
作肥料。后来他又开始做菜,他做的菜虽然也是臭气熏天的,邻居闻到了都以为是我们家煤气
泄露了,但是菜的味道还是不错的。
1.B 细节理解题。由文章第二段第一句And every week he cleaned Old Man McColgin's
chicken house in exchange for manure.可知爸爸是为了收集肥料。
2.D 推理判断题。由最后一段中的“but it was surprisingly edible,and we drank up every
last drop of soup!”可知爸爸的炖菜是非常美味的,故选D。
3.B 猜测词义题。文章最后一段第二句 It didn't look that bad,...,it didn't offend the nose
so much,either.表示“它看起来没有那么糟糕,……,也没有让我的鼻子很难受”。由look that
bad 可以推出offend the nose表示使鼻子难受,故选To upset。attract吸引;air使……通风;
shut关上。
4.C 推理判断题。根据全文可知爸爸不断地尝试各种新鲜事物,因此可推知爸爸对生活有
积极乐观的态度。
59 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Passage 26(2015陕西,C)
The production of coffee beans is a huge,profitable business,but,unfortunately,full-sun
production is taking over the industry and bringing about a lot of damage.The change in
how coffee is grown from shade-grown production to full-sun production endangers the
very existence of certain animals and birds,and even disturbs the world's ecological
balance.
On a local level,the damage of the forest required by full-sun fields affects the area's
birds and animals.The shade of the forest trees provides a home for birds and other
species(物种)that depend on the trees' flowers and fruits.Full-sun coffee growers destroy
this forest home.As a result,many species are quickly dying out.
On a more global level,the destruction of the rainforest for full-sun coffee fields also
threatens(威胁)human life.Medical research often makes use of the forests' plant and
animal life,and the destruction of such species could prevent researchers from finding
cures for certain diseases.In addition,new coffee-growing techniques are poisoning the water
locally,and eventually the world's groundwater.
Both locally and globally,the continued spread of full-sun coffee plantations(种植
园)could mean the destruction of the rainforest ecology.The loss of shade trees is already
causing a slight change in the world's climate,and studies show that the loss of oxygen-
giving trees also leads to air pollution and global warming.Moreover,the new growing
techniques are contributing to acidic(酸性的)soil conditions.
It is obvious that the way much coffee is grown affects many aspects of life,from the
local environment to the global ecology.But consumers do have a choice.They can
purchase shade-grown coffee whenever possible,although at a higher cost.The future health
of the planet and mankind is surely worth more than an inexpensive cup of coffee.
1.What can we learn about full-sun coffee production from Paragraph 4?
A.It limits the spread of new growing techniques.
B.It leads to air pollution and global warming.
C.It slows down the loss of shade trees.
D.It improves local soil conditions.
2.The purpose of the text is to .
A.entertain B.advertise C.instruct D.persuade
3.Where does this text probably come from?
A.An agricultural magazine. B.A medical journal.
C.An engineering textbook. D.A tourist guide.
4.Which of the following shows the structure of the whole text?
60 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
(P:Paragraph)
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为说明文,题材为环境保护类。主要介绍了full-sun coffee production对人
类生活和环境造成的影响。
1.B 细节理解题。根据第四段第二句话可知,full-sun coffee production造成了空气污染和
温室效应。故选B。
2.D 主旨要义题。根据文章最后一段可知,作者写这篇文章主要是为了地球和人类的未来,
劝说大家购买shade-grown coffee,故选D。
3.A 推理判断题。本文主要探讨了full-sun coffee production对环境等造成的影响,与农业
有关。故选A。
4.A 推理判断题。文章第一段提出full-sun production造成的破坏,接下来的三个段落分别
从“On a local level”“On a more global level”和“Both locally and globally”三个层
面进行了论述,最后一段对全文进行总结并号召大家购买shade-grown coffee,故选A。
本题考查考生对文章结构的分析能力。抓住段落主题句和线索提示词是解决此类问
题的主要方法。通读全文,容易发现每一段的首句都提示了段落的主题。通过梳理它们之间
的关系可确定正确答案。
Passage 27(2015江苏,C)
Suppose you become a leader in an organization. It's very likely that you'll want to
have volunteers to help with the organization's activities.To do so,it should help to
understand why people undertake volunteer work and what keeps their interest in the
work.
Let's begin with the question of why people volunteer.Researchers have identified
several factors that motivate people to get involved.For example,people volunteer to
express personal values related to unselfishness,to expand their range of experiences,and to
strengthen social relationships.If volunteer positions do not meet these needs,people may
not wish to participate.To select volunteers,you may need to understand the motivations of
the people you wish to attract.
People also volunteer because they are required to do so.To increase levels of
community service,some schools have launched compulsory volunteer
programs.Unfortunately,these programs can shift people's wish of participation from an
internal factor(e.g.,“I volunteer because it's important to me”)to an external factor(e.g.,“I
volunteer because I'm required to do so”).When that happens,people become less likely to
volunteer in the future.People must be sensitive to this possibility when they make
volunteer activities a must.
Once people begin to volunteer,what leads them to remain in their positions over
time?To answer this question,researchers have conducted follow-up studies in which they
track volunteers over time.For instance,one study followed 238 volunteers in Florida over a
61 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
year.One of the most important factors that influenced their satisfaction as volunteers was
the amount of suffering they experienced in their volunteer positions.Although this result
may not surprise you,it leads to important practical advice.The researchers note that
attention should be given to“ training methods that would prepare volunteers for
troublesome situations or provide them with strategies for coping with the problem they
do experience”.
Another study of 302 volunteers at hospitals in Chicago focused on individual
differences in the degree to which people view“volunteer”as an important social role.It
was assumed that those people for whom the role of volunteer was most part of their
personal identity would also be most likely to continue volunteer work.Participants
indicated the degree to which the social role mattered by responding to statements such
as“Volunteering in Hospital is an important part of who I am.”Consistent with the
researchers' expectations,they found a positive correlation(正相关)between the strength of
role identity and the length of time people continued to volunteer.These results,once
again,lead to concrete advice:“Once an individual begins volunteering,continued efforts
might focus on developing a volunteer role identity...Items like T-shirts that allow
volunteers to be recognized publicly for their contributions can help strengthen role
identity”.
1.People volunteer mainly out of .
A.academic requirements B.social expectations
C.financial rewards D.internal needs
2.What can we learn from the Florida study?
A.Follow-up studies should last for one year.
B.Volunteers should get mentally prepared.
C.Strategy training is a must in research.
D.Volunteers are provided with concrete advice.
3.What is most likely to motivate volunteers to continue their work?
A.Individual differences in role identity.
B.Publicly identifiable volunteer T-shirts.
C.Role identity as a volunteer.
D.Practical advice from researchers.
4.What is the best title of the passage?
A.How to Get People to Volunteer
B.How to Study Volunteer Behaviors
C.How to Keep Volunteers' Interest
D.How to Organize Volunteer Activities
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为说明文,题材为社会生活类,内容是分析影响志愿者参与志愿者活动并坚
持下去的原因。
1.D 推理判断题。根据第二段最后一句To select volunteers,you may need to understand
the motivations of the people you wish to attract.和第三段第三句...shift people's wish of
participation from an internal factor...to an external factor...可知,人们做志愿者主要是出于
内在的动机,即内在需求,故选D项。
62 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
2.B 推理判断题。根据文章第四段最后一句...attention should be given to“training
methods that would prepare volunteers for troublesome situations or provide them with
strategies for coping with the problem they do experience”.可知,志愿者“必须做好心理上
的准备”,故选B项。
3.C 推理判断题。根据第五段第一句中 people view“volunteer”as an important social
role 以及第二句中 those people for whom the role of volunteer was most part of their
personal identity would also be most likely to continue volunteer work可知,这些人们把志
愿者身份看作是一种重要的社会角色,并且最有可能激励志愿者继续工作的就是这种role
identity。故选C项。
4.A 主旨要义题。本文分析了人们参与并坚持志愿者活动的原因,所以“如何让人们参与
志愿者活动”是最好的标题,故选A项。
高级词块
1.motivate sb. to do sth. 促动、激发某人做某事
2.shift...to...把……变成……
3.make...a must使……成为必不可少的事物
长难句
原句:The researchers note that attention should be given to“training methods that
would prepare volunteers for troublesome situations or provide them with strategies for
coping with the problem they do experience”.
译文:研究人员注意到应该注意让志愿者对棘手的局面有充分准备,或者给他们提供用来
处理他们确实会遇到的问题的策略的训练方法。
分析:本句为主从复合句。note后是一个that引导的宾语从句;methods后是that引导的
定语从句。prepare...与provide...为并列谓语。
Passage 28(2015湖南,C)
Have your parents ever inspected your room to see if you cleaned it properly?
Imagine having your entire house,garage,and yard inspected at any time— with no
warning.Inspections were a regular part of lighthouse(灯塔)living,and a keeper's reputation
depended on the results.A few times each year,an inspector arrived to look over the entire
light station.The inspections were supposed to be a surprise,but keepers sometimes had
advance notice.
Once lighthouses had telephones,keepers would call each other to warn that the
inspector was approaching.After boats began flying special flags noting the inspector was
aboard,the keeper's family made it a game to see who could notice the boat first.As soon
as someone spotted the boat,everyone would do last-minute tidying and change into fancy
clothes.The keeper then scurried to put on his dress uniform and cap.Children of keepers
remember inspectors wearing white gloves to run their fingers over door frames and
windowsills looking for dust.
Despite the serious nature of inspections,they resulted in some funny moments.Betty
Byrnes remembered when her mother did not have time to wash all the dishes before an
inspection.At the time,people did not have dishwashers in their homes.In an effort to clean
up quickly,Mrs.Byrnes tossed all the dishes into a big bread pan,covered them with a
cloth,and stuck them in the oven.If the inspector opened the oven door,it would look like
bread was baking.He never did.
One day,Glenn Furst's mother put oil on the kitchen floor just before the inspector
63 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
entered their house.Like floor wax,the oil made the floors shiny and helped protect the
wood.This time,though,she used a little too much oil.When the inspector extended his hand
to greet Glenn's mother,he slipped on the freshly oiled surface.“He came across that floor
waving his arms like a young bird attempting its first flight,”Glenn later wrote.After he
steadied himself,he shook Glenn's mother's hand,and the inspection continued as though
nothing had happened.
1.What does Paragraph 1 tell us about the inspection at the light station?
A.It was carried out once a year.
B.It was often announced in advance.
C.It was important for the keeper's fame.
D.It was focused on the garage and yard.
2.The family began making preparations immediately after .
A.one of the members saw the boat
B.a warning call reached the lighthouse
C.the keeper put on the dress uniform and cap
D.the inspector flew special flags in the distance
3.Mrs. Byrnes put the dishes in the oven because this would .
A.result in some fun
B.speed up washing them
C.make her home look tidy
D.be a demand from the inspector
4.If the inspector had opened the oven door,he would have seen .
A.an empty pan B.many clean dishes
C.pieces of baked bread D.a cloth covering something
5.The inspector waved his arms .
A.to try his best to keep steady
B.to show his satisfaction with the floor
C.to extend a warm greeting to Glenn's mother
D.to express his intention to continue the inspection
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为记叙文,题材为社会生活类。对于灯塔管理员来说,接受各种出其不意的
检查已经成为他们的家常便饭。那么,他们是如何应对这种检查的呢?
1.C 细节理解题。从第一段第三句“Inspections were a regular part of lighthouse(灯
塔)living,and a keeper's reputation depended on the results.”可知C项正确。
2.A 细节理解题。 从第二段第三句“As soon as someone spotted the boat,everyone
would do last-minute tidying and change into fancy clothes.”可知A项正确。
3.C 推理判断题。由第三段第二句“Betty Byrnes remembered when her mother did not
have time to wash all the dishes before an inspection.”和第四句“In an effort to clean
up quickly,Mrs.Byrnes tossed all the dishes into a big bread pan,covered them with a
cloth,and stuck them in the oven.”可以推断出答案为C。
4.D 推理判断题。由第三段第四句和第五句“In an effort to clean up quickly, Mrs.
Byrnes tossed all the dishes into a big bread pan, covered them with a cloth, and stuck
them in the oven. If the inspector opened the oven door, it would look like bread was
baking.”可以推断出答案为D。
64 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
不能误解原文中的“it would look like bread was baking”而想当然地选择C,而
应该在理解整段内容后加以判断。
5.A 推理判断题。由第四段中“When the inspector extended his hand to greet Glenn's
mother, he slipped on the freshly oiled surface. ‘He came across that floor waving his
arms...’”以及“After he steadied himself...”可以推断巡视员是因为地面太滑而挥舞手臂
以尽力维持身体平衡。
Passage 29(2015湖北,B)
What Theresa Loe is doing proves that a large farm isn't a prerequisite for a modern
grow-your-own lifestyle.On a mere 1/10 of an acre in Los Angeles,Loe and her family
grow,can(装罐)and preserve much of the food they consume.
Loe is a master food preserver,gardener and canning expert.She also operates a
website,where she shares her tips and recipes,with the goal of demonstrating that everyone
has the ability to control what's on their plate.
Loe initially went to school to become an engineer,but she quickly learned that her
enthusiasm was mainly about growing and preparing her own food.“I got into cooking
my own food and started growing my own herbs( 香 草 )and foods for that fresh
flavor,”she said.Engineer by day,Loe learned cooking at night school.She ultimately
purchased a small piece of land with her husband and began growing their own foods.
“I teach people how to live farm-fresh without a farm,”Loe said.Through her
website Loe emphasizes that“anybody can do this anywhere.”Got an apartment with a
balcony(阳台)?Plant some herbs.A window?Perfect spot for growing.Start with herbs,she
recommends,because“they're very forgiving.”Just a little of the herbs“can take your
regular cooking to a whole new level,” she added.“ I think it's a great place to
start.”Then?Try growing something from a seed,she said,like a tomato or some tea.
Canning is a natural extension of the planting she does.With every planted food,Loe
noted,there's a moment when it's bursting with its absolute peak flavor.“I try and keep it
in a time capsule in a canning jar,”Loe said.“Canning for me is about knowing what's
in your food,knowing where it comes from.”
In addition to being more in touch with the food she's eating,another joy comes from
passing this knowledge and this desire for good food to her children:“Influencing them
and telling them your opinion on not only being careful what we eat but understanding
the bigger picture ,”she said,“that if we don't take care of the earth,no one will.”
1.The underlined word“prerequisite”(Para.1)is closest in meaning to“ ”.
A.recipe B.substitute C.requirement D.challenge
2.Why does Loe suggest starting with herbs?
A.They are used daily.
B.They are easy to grow.
C.They can grow very tall.
D.They can be eaten uncooked.
3.According to Loe, what is the benefit of canning her planted foods?
A.It can preserve their best flavor.
B.It can promote her online sales.
C.It can better her cooking skills.
65 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
D.It can improve their nutrition.
4.What is the“the bigger picture”(Para.6)that Loe wishes her children to understand?
A.The knowledge about good food.
B.The way to live a grow-our-own life.
C.The joy of getting in touch with foods.
D.The responsibility to protect our earth.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为记叙文,题材是日常生活类。Loe的做法向我们证明,家里的阳台、窗户
等都可以成为种植的好地方,不必非得有大的农场。Loe还把自己的种植方法在网站上与别
人分享,并告诫自己的孩子要关爱我们的地球。
1.C 猜测词义题。由第一段第二句可知,Loe所种的地只有0.1英亩,由此可知现代“自种自
用”的生活方式不必有大的农场。requirement需要的事物。
2.B 推理判断题。根据第四段中的“they're very forgiving”可以得知,Loe推荐先从种植香
草开始,因为它们容易种植。forgiving宽容的,宽大的。
本题命题角度独特,难度适中。要求考生能准确把握forgiving一词的含义。
3.A 推理判断题。由倒数第二段可知,把自己种植的食物进行罐装,可以保持它们最好的味
道。
4.D 推理判断题。在最后一段的最后一句中,Loe告诉孩子们“如果我们不照顾我们的地球,
没有人会去做”,由此可以看出Loe想让孩子们理解的the bigger picture就是指“保护地球
的责任”。
Passage 30(2015湖北,E)
Science has a lot of uses.It can uncover laws of nature,cure diseases,make bombs,and
help bridges to stand up.Indeed science is so good at what it does that there's always a
temptation(诱惑)to drag it into problems where it may not be helpful.David Brooks,author
of The Social Animal:The Hidden Sources of Love,Character,and Achievement,appears to be
the latest in a long line of writers who have failed to resist the temptation.
Brooks gained fame for several books.His latest book The Social Animal,however,is
more ambitious and serious than his earlier books.It is an attempt to deal with a set of
weighty topics.The book focuses on big questions:What has science revealed about human
nature?What are the sources of character?And why are some people happy and successful
while others aren't?
To answer these questions,Brooks surveys a wide range of disciplines( 学
科).Considering this,you might expect the book to be a dry recitation of facts.But Brooks
has structured his book in an unorthodox(非常规的),and perhaps unfortunate,way.Instead of
introducing scientific theories,he tells a story,within which he tries to make his
points,perhaps in order to keep the reader's attention.So as Harold and Erica,the hero and
heroine in his story,live through childhood,we hear about the science of child
development,and as they begin to date we hear about the theory of sexual
attraction.Brooks carries this through to the death of one of his characters.
On the whole,Brooks's story is acceptable if uninspired.As one would expect,his
writing is mostly clear and,to be fair,some chapters stand out above the rest.I enjoyed,for
instance,the chapter in which Harold discovers how to think on his own.While Harold and
Erica are certainly not strong or memorable characters,the more serious problems with The
66 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Social Animal lie elsewhere.These problems partly involve Brooks's attempt to translate his
tale into science.
1.The author mentions the functions of science at the beginning of the passage to .
A.illustrate where science can be applied
B.demonstrate the value of Brooks's new book
C.remind the reader of the importance of science
D.explain why many writers use science in their works
2.According to the author,which of the following could be a strength of the book?
A.Its strong basis. B.Its convincing points.
C.Its clear writing. D.Its memorable characters.
3.What is the author's general attitude towards the book?
A.Contradictory. B.Supportive.
C.Cautious. D.Critical.
4.What is the author likely to write about after the last paragraph?
A.Problems with the book. B.Brooks's life experiences.
C.Death of the characters. D.Brooks's translation skills.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为议论文。题材为社会科学类。科学的用处很多,这吸引了很多人用科学
去解释问题,但实际上有些问题是无法用科学解释的。Brooks在他最近的一本书中就用科学
来解释了一个本不属于科学范畴的故事。
1.D 推理判断题。根据第一段中“Indeed science is so good at what it does that there's
always a temptation(诱惑)to drag it into problems where it may not be helpful.”可以得知,
科学用处巨大,所以吸引人们用科学去解释一些问题。Brooks和众多作家一样,也没能经得起
科学的诱惑。因而作者在文章开头提到科学的作用,就是为了说明众多作家在作品中引入科
学的原因。
2.C 推理判断题。根据最后一段第二句“As one would expect,his writing is mostly clear
and,to be fair,some chapters stand out above the rest.”可以看出,这本书的优点是通俗易懂,
有些章节异常出色。
3.D 推理判断题。概括全文可知,Brooks在自己书中极力用科学去解释本不属于科学范畴
的问题,这对问题解决是没有什么帮助的,因此作者对这本书是持批评态度的。
4.A 推理判断题。文章末尾指出,这本书中存在很多严重的问题,有些问题是Brooks企图用
科学去解释他所写的故事。由此可推断出,接下来文章可能要讲到这本书中存在的一些问题,
A项符合文章内容。
Passage 31(2015福建,D)
Life can be so wonderful,full of adventure and joy.It can also be full of
challenges,setbacks(挫折)and heartbreaks.Whatever our circumstances,we generally still have
dreams,hopes and desires—that little something more we want for ourselves and our loved
ones.Yet knowing we can have more can also create a problem,because when we go to
change the way we do things,up come the old patterns and pitfalls(陷阱)that stopped us
from seeking what we wanted in the first place.
This tension between what we feel we can have and what we're seemingly able to
have is the niggling(烦人的)suffering,the anxiety we feel.This is where we usually think
it's easier to just give up.But we're never meant to let go of the part of us that knows
we can have more.The intelligence behind that knowing is us—the real us.It's the part
67 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
that believes in life and its possibilities.If you drop that,you begin to feel a
little“dead”inside because you're dropping“you”.
So,if we have this capability but somehow life seems to keep us stuck,how do we
break these patterns?
Decide on a new course and make one decision at a time.This is good advice for a
new adventure or just getting through today's challenges.
While,deep down,we know we can do it,our mind—or the minds of those close to us
—usually says we can't.That isn't a reason to stop,it's just the mind,that little man or
woman on your shoulder,trying to talk you out of something again.It has done it many
times before.It's all about starting simple and doing it now.
Decide and act before overthinking.When you do this you may feel a little,or
large, release from the jail of your mind and you'll be on your way.
1.It can be inferred from the first two paragraphs that we should .
A.slow down and live a simple life
B.be careful when we choose to change
C.stick to our dreams under any circumstances
D.be content with what we already have
2.What is the key to breaking the old patterns?
A.To focus on every detail.
B.To decide and take immediate action.
C.To listen to those close to us.
D.To think twice before we act.
3.Which of the following best explains the underlined part in the last paragraph?
A.Escape from your punishment.
B.Realization of your dreams.
C.Freedom from your tension.
D.Reduction of your expectations.
4.What does the author intend to tell us?
A.It's easier than we think to get what we want.
B.It's important to learn to accept sufferings in life.
C.It's impractical to change our way of thinking.
D.It's harder than we expect to follow a new course.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为议论文,题材为人生哲理类。人生丰富多彩,它既有挑战又有快乐。但无
论我们的环境如何,我们都要有自己的梦想、希望和愿望。在实现个人梦想的过程中,会出现
很多障碍。为了冲破这些障碍我们能做些什么呢?
1.C 推理判断题。根据第一段第三句及第二段内容可推知在任何环境下我们都应该坚持梦
想,故答案为C项。
2.B 细节理解题。根据第三段、第四段及最后一段第一句可知答案为B项。
3.C 猜测词义题。最后一段为总结段落,画线部分采用了暗喻的修辞方法(从心灵监狱中释
放出来),而这里的the jail of your mind指的就是第二段第一句中所提到的tension,故答案为
C项。
4.A 推理判断题。作者写此篇文章的目的是告诉读者追求梦想比我们想象的要简单,故答
案为A项。
68 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Passage 32(2015北京,D)
Technological change is everywhere and affects every aspect of life,mostly for the
better.However,social changes that are brought about by new technology are often mistaken
for a change in attitudes.
An example at hand is the involvement of parents in the lives of their children who
are attending college.Surveys(调查)on this topic suggest that parents today continue to
be“very”or“somewhat”overly-protective even after their children move into college
dormitories.The same surveys also indicate that the rate of parental involvement is greater
today than it was a generation ago.This is usually interpreted as a sign that today's
parents are trying to manage their children's lives past the point where this behavior is
appropriate.
However,greater parental involvement does not necessarily indicate that parents are
failing to let go of their“adult”children.
In the context(背景)of this discussion,it seems valuable to first find out the cause of
change in the case of parents' involvement with their grown children.If parents of earlier
generations had wanted to be in touch with their college-age children frequently,would this
have been possible?Probably not.On the other hand,does the possibility of frequent
communication today mean that the urge to do so wasn't present a generation ago?Many
studies show that older parents—today's grandparents—would have called their children
more often if the means and cost of doing so had not been a barrier.
Furthermore,studies show that finances are the most frequent subject of communication
between parents and their college children.The fact that college students are financially
dependent on their parents is nothing new;nor are requests for more money to be sent
from home.This phenomenon is neither good nor bad;it is a fact of college life,today and
in the past.
Thanks to the advanced technology,we live in an age of bettered communication.This
has many implications well beyond the role that parents seem to play in the lives of their
children who have left for college.But it is useful to bear in mind that all such changes
come from the technology and not some imagined desire by parents to keep their children
under their wings.
1.The surveys inform us of .
A.the development of technology
B.the changes of adult children's behavior
C.the parents' over-protection of their college children
D.the means and expenses of students' communication
2.The writer believes that .
A.parents today are more protective than those in the past
B.the disadvantages of new technology outweigh its advantages
C.technology explains greater parental involvement with their children
D.parents' changed attitudes lead to college children's delayed independence
3.What is the best title for the passage?
A.Technology or Attitude
B.Dependence or Independence
C.Family Influences or Social Changes
69 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
D.College Management or Communication Advancement
4.Which of the following shows the development of ideas in this passage?
I:Introduction P:Point Sp:Sub-point(次要点) C:Conclusion
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为议论文,题材为社会生活。文章介绍了无处不在的科技变革影响了生活
的方方面面。然而科技带来的社会变化常常被误认为是人们的态度发生了改变。
1.C 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句可知调查表明今日的父母在子女搬进大学宿舍之后会
继续对子女进行过度保护。
2.C 推理判断题。根据最后一段内容可知C项正确。
3.A 主旨要义题。根据文章第一段第二句和最后一段最后一句可知选 A。
4.B 推理判断题。第一段简要介绍,提出论点。第二、三段提出两个分论点,第四段提出次
要点,第五段介绍了另外一个次要点,最后一段总结全文。
Passage 33(2014课标全国Ⅰ,C)
A typical lion tamer(驯兽师)in people's mind is an entertainer holding a whip(鞭)and
a chair.The whip gets all of the attention,but it's mostly for show.In reality,it's the chair
that does the important work.When a lion tamer holds a chair in front of the lion's
face,the lion tries to focus on all four legs of the chair at the same time.With its focus
divided,the lion becomes confused and is unsure about what to do next.When faced with
so many options,the lion chooses to freeze and wait instead of attacking the man holding
the chair.
How often do you find yourself in the same position as the lion?How often do you
have something you want to achieve(e.g.lose weight,start a business,travel more)—only to
end up confused by all of the options in front of you and never make progress?
This upsets me to no end because while all the experts are busy debating about
which option is best,the people who want to improve their lives are left confused by all
of the conflicting information.The end result is that we feel like we can't focus or that
we're focused on the wrong things,and so we take less action,make less progress,and stay
the same when we could be improving.
It doesn't have to be that way.Anytime you find the world waving a chair in your
face,remember this:All you need to do is focus on one thing.You just need to get
started.Starting before you feel ready is one of the habits of successful people.If you have
somewhere you want to go,something you want to accomplish,someone you want to
become...take immediate action.If you're clear about where you want to go,the rest of the
70 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
world will either help you get there or get out of the way.
1.Why does the lion tamer use a chair?
A.To trick the lion. B.To show off his skills.
C.To get ready for a fight. D.To entertain the audience.
2.In what sense are people similar to a lion facing a chair?
A.They feel puzzled over choices.
B.They hold on to the wrong things.
C.They find it hard to make changes.
D.They have to do something for show.
3.What is the author's attitude towards the experts mentioned in Paragraph 3?
A.Tolerant. B.Doubtful.
C.Respectful. D.Supportive.
4.When the world is “waving a chair in your face”, you're advised to .
A.wait for a better chance B.break your old habits
C.make a quick decision D.ask for clear guidance
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是议论文,题材为社会文化类。每个人都会有自己的目标,在实现目标的过
程中我们会不断地面对各种选择。在这些选择面前每个人的表现不尽相同,怎么做才是最佳
选择呢?
1.A 推理判断题。根据第一段第五、六句的内容可知答案选A。
2.A 细节理解题。根据第一段中的...the lion becomes confused and is unsure about what
to do next和第二段中的only to end up confused by all of the options可知人类和狮子的
相同点就是在面对选择的时候都会感到迷惑不解,不知道该如何去选择,所以答案为A项。
3.B 推理判断题。根据第三段中第一句话的描述可知:那些想改善自己生活的人们被那些
专家提供的矛盾的信息弄得晕头转向,不知道该如何去选择。由此推断出作者对这些专家持
怀疑的态度,所以答案为B项。tolerant容忍的,宽恕的;doubtful怀疑的;respectful表示敬意的;
supportive支持的。
4.C 推理判断题。根据最后一段中的You just need to get started.和take immediate action
可以推断出在面对这一情况时你要立即做出决定,所以答案为C项。
Passage 34(2014陕西,D)
One afternoon last week,I saw three tearful children from my son's school being
comforted by teachers.That morning,my 11-year-old son had stomach pains,retching(干
呕 )into a bowl.Talking to other mothers later,I heard about other children with
stomachache or difficulty sleeping the night before.
What caused so much pain?Sports day.Sports day might be necessary at a highly-
competitive independent school,but not at a village primary school.For the children who
can fly like the wind,sports day causes no problem.For those who are overweight or just
not good at sport,it is a nightmare(噩梦).Even for those who enjoy running but fall
halfway down the track in front of the entire school and their parents,it can prove a
disaster.
Why do we put our children through this annual suffering?Some may say competition
is character building;or it's taking part,not winning,that's important;or that it is a tradition
71 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
of school life.I just felt great pity for those children in tears or in pain.
Team games at the end of sports day produced some close races,wild enthusiasm,lots
of shouting—and were fun to watch.More importantly,the children who were not so fast or
quick at passing the ball were hidden a little from everyone's eyes.Some of them also had
the thrill of being on the winning side.
I wish that sports day could be abandoned and replaced with some other less-
competitive event.Perhaps an afternoon of team games,with a few races for those who
want them,would be less stressful for the children and a lot more fun to watch.
1.What can we learn about the author's son from Paragraph 1?
A.He talked with some mothers.
B.He comforted his classmates.
C.He had difficulty in sleeping.
D.He suffered from stomachache.
2.Sports day is still an annual event in this school probably because .
A.this is an independent school
B.it is a tradition of the school
C.it helps children lose weight
D.children enjoy watching sports
3.What does the author think about team games?
A.They should include more stressful races.
B.They are acceptable to different children.
C.They should be abandoned at primary schools.
D.They are less fun for those who love running.
4.What is the author's attitude towards sports day?
A.Critical. B.Neutral. C.Positive. D.Ambiguous.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是一篇议论文。题材为学校生活类。本文讲述了一些学校运动会并不适
合所有的孩子,相反会对部分孩子的健康有害,因此作者建议学校开展竞争性不强的集体运动
项目,这样对孩子会更好。
1.D 细节理解题。根据第一段第二句可知:早上,我发现我十一岁的儿子由于胃痛在干呕。
故选D项。
2.B 细节理解题。根据第三段倒数第二句...or that it is a tradition of school life.可知本
题选B项。
3.B 推理判断题。根据文章第四段可知,集体项目有很多好处,更重要的是在传球时不够快
的孩子也可以分享获胜队的喜悦。故集体项目适合不同的学生,故选B项。
4.A 推理判断题。根据全文可知,作者对学校运动会给孩子造成的伤害感到不满,建议应开
展集体项目,以适应不同的孩子,由此看出作者对运动会持批评态度,故选A项。
Passage 35(2014山东,B)
It was one of those terribly hot days in Baltimore.Needless to say,it was too hot to
do anything outside.But it was also scorching in our apartment.This was 1962,and I would
not live in a place with an air conditioner for another ten years.So my brother and I
decided to leave the apartment to find someplace indoors.He suggested we could see a
movie.It was a brilliant plan.
72 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Movie theaters were one of the few places you could sit all day and— most
important—sit in air conditioning.In those days,you could buy one ticket and sit through
two movies.Then,the theater would show the same two movies again.If you wanted to,you
could sit through them twice.Most people did not do that,but the manager at our
theater,Mr.Bellow,did not mind if you did.
That particular day,my brother and I sat through both movies twice,trying to escape
the heat.We bought three bags of popcorn and three sodas each.Then,we sat and watched
The Music Man followed by The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance.We'd already seen the
second movie once before.It had been at the theater since January,because Mr.Bellow loved
anything with John Wayne in it.
We left the theater around 8,just before the evening shows began.But we returned the
next day and saw the same two movies again,twice more.And we did it the next day
too.Finally,on the fourth day,the heat wave broke.
Still,to this day I can sing half the songs in The Music Man and recite half of John
Wayne and Jimmy Stewart's dialogue from The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance!Those
memories are some of the few I have of the heat wave of 1962.They're really memories
of the screen,not memories of my life.
1.In which year did the author first live in a place with an air conditioner?
A.1952. B.1962. C.1972. D.1982.
2.What does the underlined word “It” in Paragraph 3 refer to?
A.The heat.
B.The theater.
C.The Music Man.
D.The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance.
3.What do we know about Mr.Bellow?
A.He loved children very much.
B.He was a fan of John Wayne.
C.He sold air conditioners.
D.He was a movie star.
4.Why did the author and his/her brother see the same movies several times?
A.The two movies were really wonderful.
B.They wanted to avoid the heat outside.
C.The manager of the theater was friendly.
D.They liked the popcorn and the soda at the theater.
5.What can we learn from the last paragraph?
A.The author turned out to be a great singer.
B.The author enjoyed the heat wave of 1962.
C.The author's life has been changed by the two movies.
D.The author considers the experience at the theater unforgettable.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文作者回忆了自己在1962年为了躲过夏季一阵阵的热浪,和弟弟买票进入有
空调的电影院反复观看两部电影的故事。
1.C 推理判断题。根据第一段中的:那是1962年,并且在未来的十年内我一直生活在一个没
有空调的环境中。由此推断出作者是10年后才生活在了有空调的环境中,即1972年,答案为
73 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
C项。
2.D 推理判断题。根据第三段中的:我们之前已经看了第二部电影 The Man Who Shot
Liberty Valance一次了。这部电影自1月份以来就一直在这儿上映。由此推断出It指的是
第二部电影,所以答案为D项。
3.B 细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句话的because Mr.Bellow loved anything with John
Wayne in it可知电影院老板Mr.Bellow是John Wayne的影迷,所以答案为B项。
4.B 细节理解题。根据第三段第一句话的trying to escape the heat可知作者和自己的弟弟
进电影院反复看这两部电影是为了躲避外面的热浪,所以答案为B项。
5.D 推理判断题。根据最后一段的描述可推断出作者对当年在电影院的经历难以忘却,所
以答案为D项。
Passage 36(2014辽宁,A)
A new study shows students who write notes by hand during lectures perform better
on exams than those who use laptops(笔记本电脑).
Students are increasingly using laptops for note-taking because of speed and
legibility(清晰度).But the research has found laptop users are less able to remember and
apply the concepts they have been taught.
Researchers performed experiments that aimed to find out whether using a laptop
increased the tendency to make notes “mindlessly” by taking down word for word what
the professors said.
In the first experiment,students were given either a laptop or pen and paper.They
listened to the same lectures and were told to use their usual note-taking skills.Thirty
minutes after the talk,they were examined on their ability to remember facts and on how
well they understood concepts.
The researchers found that laptop users took twice as many notes as those who wrote
by hand.However,the typists performed worse at remembering and applying the
concepts.Both groups scored similarly when it came to memorizing facts.
The researchers' report said,“While more notes are beneficial,if the notes are taken
mindlessly,as is more likely the case on a laptop,the benefit disappears.”
In another experiment aimed at testing long-term memory,students took notes as
before but were tested a week after the lecture.This time,the students who wrote notes by
hand performed significantly better on the exam.
These two experiments suggest that handwritten notes are not only better for
immediate learning and understanding,but that they also lead to superior revision in the
future.
1.More and more students favor laptops for note-taking because they can .
A.write more notes B.digest concepts better
C.get higher scores D.understand lectures better
2.While taking notes, laptop users tend to be .
A.skillful B.mindless C.thoughtful D.tireless
3.The author of the passage aims to .
A.examine the importance of long-term memory
B.stress the benefit of taking notes by hand
C.explain the process of taking notes
74 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
D.promote the use of laptops
4.The passage is likely to appear in .
A.a newspaper advertisement B.a computer textbook
C.a science magazine D.a finance report
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为说明文,题材为科普知识类。主要介绍了一项研究成果:听课时用笔做笔
记的学生比用笔记本电脑做笔记的学生的学习效果更好。
1.A 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句“越来越多的学生喜欢使用笔记本电脑来做笔记,因
为使用笔记本电脑做笔记速度更快,笔记更清晰”,可知答案为A项。
2.B 细节理解题。根据第六段可知答案为B项。
3.B 推理判断题。根据本文第一段和最后一段可知:本文作者的写作目的就是在强调用笔
做笔记的益处。
4.C 推理判断题。本文属于科普类文章,由此可推断出文章应出自科学杂志。故答案为 C
项。
长难句 Researchers performed experiments that aimed to find out whether using a laptop
increased the tendency to make notes “mindlessly” by taking down word for word what
the professors said.研究人员做了一些实验,其目的是弄清楚使用笔记本电脑逐字记下教授所
说的话是否会增加“机械地”做笔记的可能。
本句的主干为Researchers performed experiments,that后面的句子为定语从句。在该定
语从句中whether后的部分为find out的宾语从句,在该宾语从句中using a laptop为主语,
increased 为谓语,the tendency 为宾语,to make notes “mindlessly”为定语,修饰名词
tendency。
[温馨提示] While more notes are beneficial,if the notes are taken mindlessly,as is more
likely the case on a laptop,the benefit disappears.虽然更多的笔记是有益的,但如果像用笔记
本电脑那样机械地做笔记,那种益处就消失了。
Passage 37(2014江西,A)
Larry was on another of his underwater expeditions( 探 险 )but this time,it was
different.He decided to take his daughter along with him.She was only ten years old.This
would be her first trip with her father on what he had always been famous for.
Larry first began diving when he was his daughter's age.Similarly,his father had taken
him along on one of his expeditions.Since then,he had never looked back.Larry started out
by renting diving suits from the small diving shop just along the shore.He had hated
them.They were either too big or too small.Then,there was the instructor.He gave him a
short lesson before allowing him into the water with his father.He had made an
exception.Larry would never have been able to go down without at least five hours of
theory and another similar number of hours on practical lessons with a guide.Children his
age were not even allowed to dive.
After the first expedition,Larry's later diving adventures only got better and
better.There was never a dull moment.In his black and blue suit and with an oxygen tank
fastened on his back,Larry dived from boats into the middle of the ocean.Dangerous areas
did not prevent him from continuing his search.Sometimes,he was limited to a cage
underwater but that did not bother him.At least,he was still able to take photographs of
the underwater creatures.
Larry's first expedition without his father was in the Cayman Islands.There were
75 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
numerous diving spots in the area and Larry was determined to visit all of
them.Fortunately for him,a man offered to take him around the different spots for
free. Larry did not even know what the time was , how many spots he dived into or how
many photographs he had taken .The diving spots afforded such a wide array of fish and
sea creatures that Larry saw more than thirty varieties of creatures.
Larry looked at his daughter.She looked as excited as he had been when he was her
age.He hoped she would be able to continue the family tradition.Already,she looked like
she was much braver than Larry had been then.This was the key to a successful
underwater expedition.
1.In what way was this expedition different for Larry?
A.His daughter had grown up.
B.He had become a famous diver.
C.His father would dive with him.
D.His daughter would dive with him.
2.What can be inferred from Paragraph 2?
A.Larry had some privileges.
B.Larry liked the rented diving suits.
C.Divers had to buy diving equipment.
D.Ten-year-old children were permitted to dive.
3.Why did Larry have to stay in a cage underwater sometimes?
A.To protect himself from danger.
B.To dive into the deep water.
C.To admire the underwater view.
D.To take photos more conveniently.
4.What can be learned from the underlined sentence?
A.Larry didn't wear a watch.
B.Larry was not good at math.
C.Larry had a poor memory.
D.Larry enjoyed the adventure.
5.What did Larry expect his daughter to do?
A.Become a successful diver.
B.Make a good diving guide.
C.Take a lot of photos underwater.
D.Have longer hours of training.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为记叙文,题材为人物故事类。本文主要介绍了Larry学习潜水的过程。时
过境迁,现在Larry开始培养自己的女儿从事此项运动。
1.D 细节理解题。根据第一段中的...but this time,it was different. He decided to take his
daughter along with him.可知答案为D项。
2.A 推理判断题。根据第二段中的He had made an exception.及下面的Children his age
were not even allowed to dive.可知 Larry had some privileges.符合题意,故答案为A项。
根据第二段中He had hated them.可知B是错误的;由第二段中Larry started out by renting
diving suits...可知C项是错误的;由第二段中 Children his age were not even allowed to
dive.可知D项是错误的。
76 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
3.A 推理判断题。根据第三段中的Dangerous areas did not prevent him from continuing
his search.Sometimes,he was limited to a cage underwater but that did not bother him.(危
险区域并没有阻止他继续探索。有时,他被限定在一个水下保护笼中,但这并不妨碍他。)可
推断出在危险水域潜水时,Larry有时会被放在一个保护笼中,其目的是保护他免受危险,故答
案为A项。
4.D 推理判断题。画线部分描述了Larry在潜水过程中的忘我境界,由此可见,Larry对潜水
探险非常喜欢,故答案为D项。A、B、C三项文中均未提及。
5.A 推理判断题。从最后一段中的He hoped she would be able to continue the family
tradition.可知,Larry 希望他女儿能够继承家族传统——水下探险。This was the key to a
successful underwater expedition.这句话暗示了他希望自己的女儿将来能成为一名成功的潜
水者。
Passage 38(2014江苏,D)
August 1990,Boston
Dear Maya Shao-ming,
To me,June 6,1990 is a special day.My long-awaited dream came true the minute
your father cried,“A girl!” You are more than just a second child,more than just a girl
to match our boy.You,little daughter,are the link to our female line,the legacy of another
woman's pain and sacrifice 31 years ago.
Let me tell you about your Chinese grandmother.Somewhere in Hong Kong,in the late
fifties,a young waitress found herself pregnant(怀孕)by a cook,probably a co-worker at her
restaurant.She carried the baby to term,suffered to give it birth,and kept the little girl for
the first three months of her life.I like to think that my mother—your grandmother—loved
me and fought to raise me on her own,but that the daily struggle was too hard.Worn
down by the demands of the new baby and perhaps the constant threat of starvation,she
made the painful decision to give away her girl so that both of us might have a chance
for a better life.
More likely,I was dropped at the orphanage(孤儿院)steps or somewhere else.I will
probably never know the truth.Having a baby in her unmarried state would have brought
shame on the family in China,so she probably kept my existence a secret.Once I was out
of her life,it was as if I had never been born.And so you and your brother and I are the
missing leaves on a family tree.
Do they ever wonder if we exist?
Before I was two,I was adopted by an Anglo couple.Fed three square meals a day,I
grew like a wild weed and grasped all the opportunities they had to offer—
books,music,education,church life and community activities.In a family of blue-eyed
blonds,though, I stood out like a sore thumb .Whether from jealousy or fear of someone
who looked so different,my older brothers sometimes teased me about my unpleasing
skin,or made fun of my clumsy walk.Moody and impatient,burdened by fears that none of
us realized resulted from
my early years of need,I was not an easy child to love.My mother and I conflicted
countless times over the years,but gradually came to see one another as real human beings
with faults and talents,and as women of strength in our own right.Lacking a mirror image
in the mother who raised me,I had to seek my identity as a woman on my own.The
Asian American community has helped me regain my double identity.But part of me will
77 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
always be missing:my beginnings,my personal history,all the delicate details that give a
person her origin.Nevertheless,someone gave me a lucky name“ Siu
Wai” .“ Siu” means“ little” ,and“ Wai” means“ clever” .Therefore,my baby name
was“Clever little one.”Who chose those words?Who cared enough to note my arrival in
the world?I lost my Chinese name for 18 years.It was Americanized for convenience
to“Sue”.But like an ill-fitting coat,it made me uncomfortable.I hated the name.But even
more,I hated being Chinese.It took many years to become proud of my Asian origin and
work up the courage to take back my birth-name.That,plus a little knowledge of classroom
Cantonese is all the Chinese culture I have to offer you.Not white,certainly,but not really
Asian,I try to pave the way between the two worlds and bridge the gap for you.Your
name,“ Shao-ming” ,is very much like mine
—“Shao”means“little”.And“ming”is“bright”,as in a shining sun or moon.Whose
lives will you brighten,little Maya? Your past is more complete than mine ,and each day I
cradle you in your babyhood,generously giving you the loving care I lacked for my first
two years.When I pat you,I comfort the lost baby inside me who still cries for her
mother.
Sweet Maya,it doesn't matter what you“become”later on.You have already fulfilled
my wildest dreams.
I love you.
Mammy
1.Why is June 6,1990 a special day for Mommy?
A.Her dream of being a mother came true.
B.She found her origin from her Chinese mother.
C.She wrote the letter to her daughter.
D.Her female line was well linked.
2.How does Mommy feel about her being given away?
A.It is bitter and disappointing.
B.It is painful but understandable.
C.She feels sorry but sympathetic.
D.She feels hurt and angry.
3.What does“I stood out like a sore thumb”in Paragraph 5 mean?
A.I walked clumsily out of pains.
B.I was not easy to love due to jealousy.
C.I was impatient out of fear.
D.I looked different from others.
4.What can be inferred from Mommy's Anglo family life?
A.She used to experience an identity crisis.
B.She fought against her American identity.
C.She forgot the pains of her early years.
D.She kept her love for Asia from childhood.
5.Why did Mommy name her daughter“Shao-ming”?
A.To match her own birth-name.
B.To brighten the lives of the family.
C.To identify her with Chinese origin.
78 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
D.To justify her pride in Chinese culture.
6.By“Your past is more complete than mine,”Mommy means .
A.her past was completed earlier than Shao-ming's
B.Shao-ming has got motherly care and a sense of roots
C.her mother didn't comfort her the way she did Shao-ming
D.her past was spent brokenly,first in Asia,then in the US
答案
[语篇解读] 文章以给女儿的信的方式讲述了一个华裔母亲的生活苦难和成长经历。
1.D 细节理解题。从第一段中的You,little daughter,are the link to our female line可以看
出本题的答案为D。
2.B 推理判断题。从文章第二段中的 Worn down by the demands of the new baby and
perhaps the constant threat of starvation,she made the painful decision to give away her
girl so that both of us might have a chance for a better life.可以看出,Mommy认为这是一
个painful but understandable 的决定。
3.D 推理判断题。由In a family of blue-eyed blonds可知我和家庭中其他人看上去很不
同,故选D。
4.A 推理判断题。从文章的第五段的描述中可以看出,作者经历了身份危机,因此选A。B
项的错误在于她不是为反对她的美国身份而斗争。C项错误是因为她并没有忘记早期的痛
苦。D项是无关信息。
5.C 推理判断题。从文章第七段中的It took many years to become proud of my Asian
origin and work up the courage to take back my birth-name.及...I try to pave the way
between the two worlds and bridge the gap for you.可以看出作者给女儿取名“Shao-
ming”就是为了确认她的中国根。本题的干扰项是A项。文章中提到了这个名字和作者的
名字有点相似,但是这并不是她取这个名字的主要目的。B项和D项都是无关的信息。
6.B 推理判断题。此题可以根据该句的意思和上下文来理解。这段文字的字面意思是“你
的过去比我的过去要完整得多”。在后面,作者记述了她对女儿的关怀和照顾。所以选B项。
Passage 39(2014广东,C)
Like many new graduates,I left university full of hope for the future but with no real
idea of what I wanted to do.My degree,with honors,in English literature had not really
prepared me for anything practical.I knew I wanted to make a difference in the world
somehow,but I had no idea how to do that.That's when I learned about the Lighthouse
Project.
I started my journey as a Lighthouse Project volunteer by reading as much as I
could about the experiences of previous volunteers.I knew it would be a lot of hard
work,and that I would be away from my family and friends for a very long time.In
short,I did not take my decision to apply for the Lighthouse Project lightly.Neither did my
family.
Eventually,however,I won the support of my family,and I sent in all the paperwork
needed for application.After countless interviews and presentations,I managed to stand out
among the candidates and survive the test alone.Several months later,I finally received a
call asking me to report for duty.I would be going to a small village near
Abuja,Nigeria.Where?What?Nigeria?I had no idea.But I was about to find out.
After completing my training,I was sent to the village that was small and desperately
in need of proper accommodation.Though the local villagers were poor,they offered their
79 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
homes,hearts,and food as if I were their own family.I was asked to lead a small team of
local people in building a new schoolhouse.For the next year or so,I taught in that same
schoolhouse.But I sometimes think I learned more from my students than they did from
me.
Sometime during that period,I realized that all those things that had seemed so
strange or unusual to me no longer did,though I did not get anywhere with the local
language,and I returned to the United States a different man.The Lighthouse Project had
changed my life forever.
1.What do we know about the author?
A.His university education focused on theoretical knowledge.
B.His dream at university was to become a volunteer.
C.He took pride in having contributed to the world.
D.He felt honored to study English literature.
2.According to Paragraph 2, it is most likely that the author .
A.discussed his decision with his family
B.asked previous volunteers about voluntary work
C.attended special training to perform difficult tasks
D.felt sad about having to leave his family and friends
3.In his application for the volunteer job, the author .
A.participated in many discussions
B.went through challenging survival tests
C.wrote quite a few papers on voluntary work
D.faced strong competition from other candidates
4.On arrival at the village, the author was .
A.asked to lead a farming team
B.sent to teach in a schoolhouse
C.received warmly by local villagers
D.arranged to live in a separate house
5.What can we infer from the author's experiences in Nigeria?
A.He found some difficulty adapting to the local culture.
B.He had learned to communicate in the local language.
C.He had overcome all his weaknesses before he left for home.
D.He was chosen as the most respectable teacher by his students.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是记叙文,题材为个人经历。文章讲述作者申请做灯塔计划的志愿者的过
程和被选为志愿者后去阿布贾附近的一个小村庄工作的经历,这段经历让作者学到了很多而
且改变了他的人生。
1.A 细节理解题。根据第一段第二句My degree,with honors,in English literature had not
really prepared me for anything practical.可知作者在大学主要学习理论方面的知识,故答案
为A项。
2.A 推理判断题。根据文章第二段最后两句可推测出作者很可能和家里人讨论过他做志愿
者的决定。
3.D 推理判断题。根据第三段第二句 After countless interviews and presentations,I
managed to stand out among the candidates and survive the test alone.可知,经过无数次的
80 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
介绍和面试,作者终于从众多候选人中脱颖而出,是唯一一个通过考试的。从而可推断,在申
请志愿者工作时,作者经历了激烈的竞争。故选择D项。
4.C 细节理解题。根据文章第四段第二句 Though the local villagers were poor,they
offered their homes, hearts, and food as if I were their own family.可知,作者在那个小村
庄受到了当地村民的热情招待。故选C项。
5.A 推理判断题。根据最后一段...I realized that all those things that had seemed so
strange or unusual to me no longer did...,and I returned to the United States a different
man.可知答案为A项。B项与原文内容不符,所以排除;C项中的all属于绝对意义表达,故排
除;D项内容文章未提到,故排除。
Passage 40(2014北京,C)
Choosing the Right Resolution(决定)
Millions of Americans began 2014 with the same resolution they started 2013 with,a
goal of losing weight.However,setting weight loss as a goal is a mistake.
To reach our goal of losing weight—the output,we need to control what we eat—the
input(输入).That is,we tend to care about the output but not to control the input.This is a
bad way to construct goals.The alternative is to focus your resolution on the input.Instead
of resolving to lose weight,try an actionable resolution:“I'll stop having dessert for
lunch,”or “I'll walk every day for 20 minutes.”Creating a goal that focuses on a well-
specified input will likely be more effective than concentrating on the outcome.
Recently a new science behind incentives( 激 励 ),including in education,has been
discussed.For example,researcher Roland Fryer wanted to see what works best in
motivating children to do better in school.In some cases,he gave students incentives based
on input,like reading certain books,while in others,the incentives were based on output,like
results on exams.His main finding was that incentives increased achievement when based
on input but had no effect when based on output.Fryer's conclusion was that the
incentives for inputs might be more effective because students do not know how to do
better on an exam,aside from general rules like “study harder”.Reading certain books,on
the other hand,is a well-set task over which they have much more control.
As long as you have direct control over your goal,you have a much higher chance of
success.And it's easier to start again if you fail,because you know exactly what you need
to do.
If you want to cut down on your spending,a good goal would be making morning
coffee at home instead of going to a café,for example.This is a well-specified action-based
goal for which you can measure your success easily.Spending less money isn't a goal
because it's too general.Similarly,if you want to spend more time with your family,don't
stop with this general wish.Think about an actionable habit that you could adopt and stick
to,like a family movie night every Wednesday.
In the long run,these new goals could become a habit.
1.The writer thinks that setting weight loss as a goal is a mistake because .
A.it is hard to achieve for most Americans
B.it is focused too much on the result
C.it is dependent on too many things
D.it is based on actionable decisions
2.In Roland Fryer's research, some students did better than the others because .
81 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
A.they obeyed all the general rules
B.they paid more attention to exams
C.they were motivated by their classmates
D.they were rewarded for reading some books
3.According to the writer, which of the following statements is a good goal?
A.“I'll give up dessert.”
B.“I'll study harder.”
C.“I'll cut down my expenses.”
D.“I'll spend more time with my family.”
4.The writer strongly believes that we should .
A.develop good habits and focus on the outcome
B.be optimistic about final goals and stick to them
C.pick specific actions that can be turned into good habits
D.set ambitious goals that can balance the input and output
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为议论文,题材为设定目标。作者认为“减肥”不是一个很有效的目标,并
具体解释了设立什么样的目标更加有效。
1.B 细节理解题。根据第二段第一、二句“To reach our goal of losing weight—the
output,we need to control what we eat—the input.That is,we tend to care about the output
but not to control the input.”可知将减肥设定为目标过于注重输出,输出(output)相当于结果
(result),故选择B项。
2.D 细节理解题。通读第三段的相关内容特别是最后一句可知本题应选择D项。
3.A 推理判断题。根据文章第二段最后一句“Creating a goal that focuses on a well-
specified input will likely be more effective than concentrating on the outcome.”可知设立
目标应具体化,不能过于关注结果。四个选项中A项“我要放弃甜食”很具体,是一个很好的
目标;B项“我要更努力地学习”,C项“我要削减开支”和D项“我要花更多的时间陪家
人”都很笼统,不容易实施,故选择A项。
4.C 推理判断题。作者在文章的倒数第二段举例说明了设立目标应挑选具体的行动,最后
一段又再次强调“In the long run,these new goals could become a habit.”长远来看,这些
新的目标(具体的行动)能成为一种习惯。因此本题选择C项。
[温馨提示] 1.To reach our goal of losing weight—the output,we need to control what we
eat—the input(输入).That is,we tend to care about the output but not to control the input.
为了实现我们的减肥目标——输出,我们必须控制我们的饮食——输入。也就是说我们往往
只关注了输出而没有控制输入。
2.Instead of resolving to lose weight,try an actionable resolution...尝试可操作的解决方
案而不是做减肥的决定……
3.Fryer's conclusion was that the incentives for inputs might be more effective
because students do not know how to do better on an exam,aside from general rules like
“study harder”.弗赖尔的结论是:对输入的激励可能会更有效,因为学生们除了知道一些像
“努力学习”这样的基本规则外,对于如何更好地应考一无所知。
Passage 41(2014安徽,E)
You may not have heard of Ashoka,but for the past 27 years,this association,founded
by Bill Drayton,has fought poverty(贫困)and sickness,promoted education and encouraged
small businesses.To support these worthy causes,Ashoka provides money for the world's
82 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
most promising“changemakers”seeking to solve(解决)urgent problems and would like to
create a world in which every citizen is a changemaker.
Drayton believes that anyone can become an agent for change.The important thing is
to simply give yourself permission.If you see a problem that you care about,you can help
solve it.The young in particular are willing to accept this concept because at heart every
child wants to grow into a happy,healthy,contributing adult.In fact,it is many young
people's ambition to set up programmes or businesses that improve social conditions.An
excellent example is an Ashoka project started in 1995 in Dhaka,which handled the
rubbish problem facing the city,helped local farmers and provided an income for poor
people there.
When Masqsood and Iftekhar began to study the problem of all the uncollected
rubbish that lay in Dhaka's streets,attracting rats and disease,they discovered that 80% of it
was natural waste.So they educated the poor people in the city to compost(把……制成堆
肥)this waste.They knew that they would have a market for the end product because local
farmers were struggling with chemical fertilisers(化肥)which were expensive and had
reduced the natural minerals in the soil over the years.At first,they were refused,but once
they were able to persuade them that there was money to be made,the project took off.In
2009 sales were $14,000.
Drayton is optimistic that in ten years Ashoka will be making really serious,practical
progress in bringing about social change by changing the way we look at economic
development.
1.Which of the following could be the best title for the passage?
A.Changemakers B.Businessmen
C.Social Conditions D.Rubbish Problem
2.The underlined word“them”in Paragraph 3 probably refers to“ .”
A.the local farmers B.Masqsood and Iftekhar
C.Drayton and his team D.the poor people in Dhaka
3.It can be concluded from the passage that anyone can become a changemaker if he
.
A.considers Drayton's concept
B.gets permission from Ashoka
C.tries to improve social conditions
D.is a young,happy and healthy adult
4.The author's attitude towards Ashoka's program can be described as .
A.changing B.forgiving C.cautious D.positive
答案
[语篇解读] 本文讲述了一个由Bill Drayton所创立的组织Ashoka通过提供资金支持,致力
于鼓励人们去做一个变革者,努力去改变社会,解决当前社会中迫切需要解决的问题。
1.A 主旨要义题。根据全文可知Bill Drayton创立Ashoka的目的就是通过提供资金支持,
致力于鼓励人们去做一个变革者,努力去改变社会,解决当前社会上迫切需要解决的问题。A
选项与全文主题思想最吻合。
2.D 猜测词义题。根据第三段可知Dhaka当地贫民饱受垃圾困扰,Masqsood 和 Iftekhar在
83 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Ashoka帮助下试图说服当地贫民把垃圾变废为宝转化为肥料,他们俩起初被拒绝,后来他们
俩说服了当地的贫民,因此them指的是当地的贫民。故选D。
3.C 推理判断题。根据第二段内容可推知C选项正确。
4.D 推理判断题。由全文内容可知答案为D项。
[温馨提示] 1.To support these worthy causes,Ashoka provides money for the world's
most promising “changemakers” seeking to solve(解决)urgent problems and would like
to create a world in which every citizen is a changemaker.为了赞助这些崇高的事业,
Ashoka为这个世界上最有希望的“变革者”提供资金,努力解决紧迫问题并想建立一个每个
公民都可以成为变革者的世界。
2.an agent for change变革者
agent:a person who does sth.or causes sth.to happen (做某事或使某事发生的)施动者
3.a contributing adult有贡献的成人
Passage 42(2014湖北,D)
You've flown halfway around the world;you've sniffed out this place that nobody in
Falongland or Thailand seems to have ever heard of;so what on earth is there to do here?
You consider this question as you sink into an old wooden beach chair that holds you
above the sand.
It was a long journey from Bangkok to Huaplee.By the time you found the bus
station and got yourself sorted out,it took almost as long as the flight from Falongland.
Huaplee is located just south of Hua Hin,about two hundred kilometres from
Bangkok,down the west side of the Gulf of Thailand.Not many tourists find this place,and
the ones that do wonder if finding it has been their purpose all along.
There's an apparent laziness that surrounds you here.It's what this place offers,and it's
free of charge.The small waves that tap the shoreline seem to slow everything down.You
settle into your beach chair in preparation for a long rest.You sit there and watch the sea.
It's early afternoon,so the cook comes out and asks what you'd like to eat this
evening.Before long he's rushed off to the market to buy the ingredients for whatever it
was that you ordered—every meal fresh and to order.No menu here.
There is no poolside noise here but just that wonderfully warm,clear blue sea.There's
no street noise.The only sounds are the murmurs of nature.
For now you just count your blessings(福祉),listing them in the sand with your toe(脚
趾).You don't have to worry about being late for work.You don't have to do anything.
The beach to your right stretches off to the horizon(地平线),slowly narrowing to
nothingness only to re-emerge again on your left,now steadily widening until it covers the
chair beneath you.Sand to your left and sand to your right;it's unbroken,endless.No start,no
end,just sand,sun,and peace.Step off it,and you re-enter the world of traffic,stress,work,and
hurry.
Normally you're the type who can't sit still for more than ten minutes,but you're on
Huaplee Lazy Beach now and,in the right frame of mind,it stretches all the way around
the world.
“How could it take me so long to find it?”you wonder.
1.When the author first went to Huaplee Beach, .
A.he had difficulty in finding it
84 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
B.he became sensitive to smell
C.he failed to sort himself out
D.he found it unworthwhile
2.What is special about the food service at Huaplee Beach?
A.Quick delivery. B.Self service.
C.Free food. D.No menu.
3.In the author's opinion, a tourist can enjoy Huaplee Beach most when he .
A.draws pictures in the sand
B.plans a detailed schedule
C.forgets his daily routine
D.sits in a beach chair
4.What does the author imply by his question at the end of the passage?
A.He should have come to the place earlier.
B.He shouldn't have spent so much time on the trip.
C.He should have understood the wonder of nature.
D.He shouldn't have counted his blessings.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为应用文,题材为观光旅游类。文章介绍了旅游胜地Huaplee Beach。
1.A 推理判断题。根据前三段的内容可知,作者费了好大的劲才找到Huaplee Beach。故选
A项。
2.D 细节理解题。根据第五段内容可知,厨师询问游客想吃什么,然后匆忙去市场购买游客
点的任何食材。这里没有菜单。故选D项。
3.C 推理判断题。根据第六、第七和第八段的描述可知,忘记日常工作,全身心投入到
Huaplee Beach的怀抱,才能充分享受它给人带来的乐趣。故选C项。
4.A 推理判断题。根据全文可知,作者非常享受Huaplee Beach之旅给他带来的快乐。故选
A项。
Passage 43(2014湖北,E)
For most city people,the elevator is an unremarkable machine that inspires none of
the enthusiasm or interest that Americans afford trains,jets,and even bicycles.Dr.Christopher
Wilk is a member of a small group of elevator experts who consider this a
misunderstanding.Without the elevator,they point out,there could be no downtown
skyscrapers or tall buildings,and city life as we know it would be impossible.In that
sense,they argue,the elevator's role in American history has been no less significant than
that of cars.In fact,according to Wilk,the car and the elevator have been locked in a
“secret war” for over a century,with cars making it possible for people to spread
horizontally(水平地),and elevators pushing them toward life in close groups of towering
vertical(垂直的)columns.
If we tend to ignore the significance of elevators,it might be because riding in them
tends to be such a brief,boring,and even awkward experience—one that can involve
unexpectedly meeting people with whom we have nothing in common,and an unpleasant
awareness of the fact that we're hanging from a cable in a long passage.
In a new book,Lifted,German journalist and cultural studies professor Andreas Bernard
directed all his attention to this experience,studying the origins of elevator and its
85 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
relationship to humankind and finding that riding in an elevator has never been a totally
comfortable experience.“After 150 years,we are still not used to it,”Bernard said.“We
still have not exactly learned to cope with the mixture of closeness and displeasure.”That
mixture,according to Bernard,sets the elevator ride apart from just about every other
situation we find ourselves in as we go about our lives.
Today,as the world's urban population explodes,and cities become more
crowded,taller,and more crowded,America's total number of elevators— 900,000 at last
count,according to Elevator World magazine's “2012 Vertical Transportation Industry”—
are a force that's becoming more important than ever.And for the people who really,really
love them,it seems like high time that we looked seriously at just what kind of force they
are.
1.What does the underlined word “this” in Paragraph 1 refer to?
A.The enthusiasm for transport vehicles.
B.The desire for a remarkable machine.
C.The particular interests of experts.
D.The general view of elevators.
2.The author's purpose in mentioning cars is .
A.to explain people's preference for elevators
B.to reveal their secret war against elevators
C.to emphasize the importance of elevators
D.to contrast their functions with elevators'
3.According to Prof. Bernard, what has made the elevator ride different from other life
experiences?
A.Uncomfortable conditions. B.Little physical space.
C.Lack of excitement. D.Vertical direction.
4.The author urges readers to consider .
A.the relationship between cars and elevators
B.the role of elevators in city development
C.the serious future situation of elevators
D.the exact number of elevator lovers
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为说明文。题材为科普知识类。文章主要介绍了电梯在城市发展中所起
的巨大作用。
1.D 猜测词义题。上文提到了城市人群对电梯的传统看法。故选D项。
2.C 推理判断题。根据第一段第四句可知,作者提及汽车的目的是想通过对比来说明电梯
在城市发展中所起的作用一点也不亚于汽车。故选C项。
3.B 推理判断题。根据第三段倒数第一、二句可知,坐电梯和其他生活经历的不同之处就
在于“the mixture of closeness and displeasure”。故选B项。
4.B 推理判断题。根据文章最后一句话可知,作者的写作目的是让人们重视电梯在城市发
展中所起的作用。故选B项。
Passage 44(2014福建,E)
As has been all too apparent in recent days at Balcombe,few issues cause greater
concern than energy policy.Many village communities feel their countryside is being ruined
by the power-producing machines of wind farms;yet they never take“direct action”,even
86 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
though the planning laws put them at a severe disadvantage.And the generous subsidies(财
政补贴),which encourage the expansion of wind power,are not favorable to the village
communities and set landowners in conflict with other residents(居民).
Those who disagree with the rapid expansion of wind farms state that the damage
they cause is out of proportion(比例)to the benefits they bring,because their energy output
cannot match that of the carbon-based power stations they are supposed to
replace.Supporters insist that wind must be part of a mix of renewables,nuclear and
carbon,and that the country is committed to meeting EU(European Union) targets for non-
carbon energy generation.
Against this background,the fact that there is an argument within the Government
over whether to publish an official report on wind farms' impact on the countryside
becomes even more extraordinary.The two parties in the coalition(联合)government are in
disagreement over what it should say.
We have some advice for the two parties:publish the report,and let the country be the
judge.Even if it contains evidence that wind farms are harmful,it will hardly be a pleasant
surprise to people who do not like them.Equally,supporters must argue their case by
acknowledging the concerns and explaining why they are either misplaced or worthy of
much attention.
The suggestion that further negotiations are to take place to produce an
“acceptable”report suggests that the politics of coalition government are doing the
country harm in a certain way.Given the sensitivities involved,all the information should be
available so that people can reach their own conclusions,rather than being left with the
suspicion(猜疑)that facts are being replaced by political beliefs.
1.We can learn from the first paragraph that .
A.energy policy catches much attention of the public
B.the residents are in favor of the expansion of wind farms
C.many village communities are satisfied with the subsidies
D.the planning laws offer great benefits to the residents
2.Supporters think that the expansion of wind power .
A.is more rapid than that of carbon-based power
B.guarantees an increase in energy output
C.is expected to be much better than that of nuclear power
D.agrees with EU targets for non-carbon energy generation
3.It can be inferred from the passage that .
A.an official report will settle the energy problem
B.the two parties are divided over the issue of wind farms
C.the two parties have agreed on a further negotiation
D.political beliefs concerning energy issue go against facts
4.Which of the following reflects the author's opinion?
A.Increase political impact on energy policy.
B.Release a statement of supporters on wind farms.
C.Let the nation judge the facts about wind power.
D.Leave the two parties to reach their own conclusions.
答案
87 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
[语篇解读] 本文为说明文,题材是环保类。内容是关于风能发电项目对当地居民的影响,以
及支持者和反对者两派之间的观点。
1.A 推理判断题。从文章的第一句...few issues cause greater concern than energy policy
可以推断能源政策引起公众的广泛关注。故答案为A项。
2.D 细节理解题。从第二段的最后一句 Supporters insist that...and that the country is
committed to meeting EU(European Union)targets for non-carbon energy generation.可以知
道答案为D项。
3.B 推理判断题。从文章的第三段可以推断两个党派在关于风力发电场话题方面产生了分
歧。故正确答案为B项。
4.C 推理判断题。根据最后一段可以推断出,作者认为应该让公众去裁决风能发电项目的
实施。故答案为C项。
Passage 45(2014重庆,B)
There have always been a lot of commonly believed but false ideas about being fat
and doing exercise.Some people believe that they can't help putting on weight as they get
older,while others hold that if they stop exercising,their muscles will turn into fat.Here are
some more myths:
I'll never lose weight—I come from a fat family
Wrong!While we can't change the body type we are born with,we can't blame our genes
for making us fat.There's plenty of evidence that fatness runs in families,and the main
reason is that they share the same habits of eating too much and exercising too little.
I am fat because I burn calories slowly
Wrong!Fatness is not caused by a slow metabolism(新陈代谢).In fact,although fat people
consume more energy than slim people,they also fail to realize how much they eat!
Keeping a diary can help you work out your daily food intake more accurately.
Exercise is boring
Wrong!Anything will become boring if you do it repetitively.The key is to develop a
balanced and varied program that's fun as well as progressive.If you enjoy a Sunday
walk,take a different route.If you do yoga,try a tai chi class.If you like swimming,set
yourself a distance or time challenge.
No pain,no gain
Wrong!Exercise is not meant to hurt.Indeed,pain is your body telling you something's
wrong,and continuing to exercise could lead to serious injury.You may experience mild
discomfort as you begin to exercise regularly,but this is your body adapting to the positive
changes in your lifestyle and the aches should disappear relatively quickly.If they don't,rest
and seek medical advice.
1.What does the author think about being fat?
A.It is the family genes that make people fat.
B.People are fat because they consume too little energy.
C.A diary of exercise can prevent people from becoming fat.
D.It is the consequence of people's unbalanced lifestyle.
88 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
2.According to the author, how can we make exercise more interesting?
A.By taking varied exercise.
B.By choosing simple exercise.
C.By doing regular exercise.
D.By sticking to outdoor exercise.
3.What is the author's opinion about “No pain, no gain” in exercising?
A.Keeping fit is essentially a painful experience.
B.Exercise should be stopped if continuous pain is felt.
C.Pain in exercise is a precondition for reaching your goal.
D.Getting used to pain leads to positive changes in your body.
4.What is the purpose of the passage?
A.To declare the importance of keeping fit.
B.To clarify some misconceptions about fatness and exercise.
C.To confirm what has long been believed about keeping fit.
D.To explain some medical facts about being fat and doing exercise.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为说明文,题材为健康生活类。本文澄清了一些人对肥胖与锻炼的错误认
识。
1.D 推理判断题。由第一行黑体字下面的内容:habits of eating too much and exercising
too little可知答案选D。
2.A 细节理解题。根据第三行黑体字下面的描述:varied program that's fun as well as
progressive以及接下来给我们提出的让自己的锻炼丰富多彩的建议,可知作者认为为了让锻
炼不那么枯燥,我们就要让它多样化,所以答案为A项。
3.B 推理判断题。根据最后一段最后一句话:If they don't,rest and seek medical advice.可
以推断出如果我们进行的锻炼给我们的身体带来持久的疼痛的话,我们就应该停下来休息一
下并去看医生,所以答案为B项。
4.B 主旨要义题。文章首先提出人们对于肥胖和锻炼存在着一些错误认识,然后列举了几
个错误观念并加以澄清,所以答案为B项。
Passage 46(2014天津,B)
A world-famous Canadian author,Margaret Atwood,has created the world's first long-
distance signing device(装置),the LongPen.
After many tiring book-signing tours from city to city,Atwood thought there must be
a better way to do them.She hired some technical experts and started her own company
in 2004.Together they designed the LongPen.Here's how it works:The author writes a
personal message and signature on a computer tablet(手写板)using a special pen.On the
receiving end,in another city,a robotic arm fitted with a regular pen signs the book.The
author and fan can talk with each other via webcams(网络摄像机)and computer screens.
Work on the LongPen began in Atwood's basement(地下室).At first,they had no idea
it would be as hard as it turned out to be.The device went through several
versions,including one that actually had smoke coming out of it.The inventing finally
completed,test runs were made in Ottawa,and the LongPen was officially launched at the
2006 London Book Fair.From here,Atwood conducted two transatlantic book signings of
her latest book for fans in Toronto and New York City.
The LongPen produces a unique signature each time because it copies the movement
89 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
of the author in real time.It has several other potential applications.It could increase credit
card security and allow people to sign contracts from another province.The video exchange
between signer and receiver can be recorded on DVD for proof when legal documents are
used.
“It's really fun,”said the owner of a bookstore,who was present for one of the test
runs.“Obviously you can't shake hands with the author,but there are chances for a
connection that you don't get from a regular book signing.”
The response to the invention hasn't been all favorable.Atwood has received criticism
from authors who think she's trying to end book tours.But she said,“It will be possible
to go to places that you never got sent to before because the publishers couldn't afford
it.”
1.Why did Atwood decide to invent the LongPen?
A.To set up her own company.
B.To win herself greater popularity.
C.To write her books in a new way.
D.To make book signings less tiring.
2.How does the LongPen work?
A.It copies the author's signature and prints it on a book.
B.It signs a book while receiving the author's signature.
C.The webcam sends the author's signature to another city.
D.The fan uses it to copy the author's signature himself.
3.What do we know about the invention of the LongPen?
A.It has been completed but not put into use.
B.The basement caught fire by accident.
C.Some versions failed before its test run.
D.The designers were well-prepared for the difficulty.
4.How could the LongPen be used in the future?
A.To draft legal documents.
B.To improve credit card security.
C.To keep a record of the author's ideas.
D.To allow author and fan to exchange videos.
5.What could be inferred from Paragraphs 5 and 6?
A.Atwood doesn't mean to end book tours.
B.Critics think the LongPen is of little use.
C.Bookstore owners don't support the LongPen.
D.Publishers dislike the LongPen for its high cost.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是说明文,题材为科普知识与现代技术。本文介绍了世界著名的加拿大作
者Margaret Atwood设计的远距离签字设备——LongPen。
1.D 推理判断题。由文章第二段第一句可知,经过许多次奔波于不同城市间的令人疲惫的
巡回签名售书活动后,Atwood认为一定有一种更好的签售的办法。由此可推测,Atwood决定
发明LongPen的目的就是让这种签售活动稍微轻松一点。故选择D项。
2.B 推理判断题。由第二段第四、五句可知LongPen的工作原理:作者用一支专用笔在电
脑的手写板上写上个人信息和签名,另一个城市的接收方用配备了常规笔的机器手臂在书上
90 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
签名。故选择B项。
3.C 推理判断题。由第三段第三句The device went through several versions,including one
that actually had smoke coming out of it.可知,LongPen在获得成功之前经历过数次失败。
故选择C项。
4.B 细节理解题。由第四段中 It has several other potential applications.It could increase
credit card security and...可知,LongPen还有很多潜在的功能,比如说提高信用卡的安全性。
故选择B项。
5.A 推理判断题。根据最后一段最后一句Atwood所说的内容可推断出,她并没有打算结束
她的巡回签名售书活动。故选择A项。
Passage 47(2014天津,C)
“Dad,”I say one day,“let's take a trip.Why don't you fly out and meet me?”
My father had just retired after 27 years as a manager for IBM.His job filled his
day,his thoughts,his life.While he woke up and took a warm shower,I screamed under a
freezing waterfall in Peru.While he tied a tie and put on the same Swiss watch,I rowed a
boat across Lake of the Ozarks.
My father sees me drifting aimlessly,nothing to show for my 33 years but a passport
full of funny stamps.He wants me to settle down,but now I want him to find an
adventure.
He agrees to travel with me through the national parks.We meet four weeks later in
Rapid City.
“What's our first stop?”asks my father.
“What time is it?”
“Still don't have a watch?”
Less than an hour away is Mount Rushmore.As he stares up at the four Presidents
carved in granite(花岗岩),his mouth and eyes open slowly,like those of a little boy.
“Unbelievable,”he says.“How was this done?”
A film in the information center shows sculptor Gutzon Borglum devoted 14 years to
the sculpture and then left the final touches to his son.
We stare up and I ask myself,Would I ever devote my life to anything?
No directions,no goals.I always used to hear those words in my father's voice.Now I
hear them in my own.
The next day we're at Yellowstone National Park,where we have a picnic.
“Did you ever travel with your dad?”I ask.
“Only once,”he says.“I never spoke much with my father.We loved each other—
but never said it.Whatever he could give me,he gave.”
That last sentence — it ' s probably the same thing I ' d say about my father.And what I ' d
want my child to say about me .
In Glacier National Park,my father says,“I've never seen water so blue.”I have,in
several places of the world.I can keep traveling,I realize—and maybe a regular job won't
be as dull as I feared.
Weeks after our trip,I call my father.
“The photos from the trip are wonderful,”he says.“We've got to take another trip
like that sometime.”
I tell him I've decided to settle down,and I'm wearing a watch.
91 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
1.We can learn from Paragraphs 2 and 3 that the father .
A.followed the fashion
B.got bored with his job
C.was unhappy with the author's lifestyle
D.liked the author's collection of stamps
2.What does the author realize at Mount Rushmore?
A.His father is interested in sculpture.
B.His father is as innocent as a little boy.
C.He should learn sculpture in the future.
D.He should pursue a specific aim in life.
3.From the underlined paragraph, we can see that the author .
A.wants his children to learn from their grandfather
B.comes to understand what parental love means
C.learns how to communicate with his father
D.hopes to give whatever he can to his father
4.What could be inferred about the author and his father from the end of the story?
A.The call solves their disagreements.
B.The Swiss watch has drawn them closer.
C.They decide to learn photography together.
D.They begin to change their attitudes to life.
5.What could be the best title for the passage?
A.Love Nature,Love Life B.A Son Lost in Adventure
C.A Journey with Dad D.The Art of Travel
答案
[语篇解读] 本文讲述了作者和父亲的一次旅行改变了二人对生活的态度。作者从中感悟
到了父爱的真谛和做父亲的伟大。
1.C 推理判断题。根据第二段可知,父亲打他的领带,戴他的名表,而我我行我素,无所事事,百
无聊赖地在Ozarks湖上划着小船;第三段最后一句表明:父亲想让我定居下来,而我想让他去
冒险。由此可以判断,父亲对我的生活方式不满。故选择C项。
2.D 推理判断题。从 No directions,no goals.I always used to hear those words in my
father's voice.Now I hear them in my own.可以推测出,作者感叹自己应该有个明确的人生
目标并去努力追求。故选择D项。
3.B 推理判断题。画线句子的意思是“那最后一句很可能是我对我的父亲的评价,也是我
希望我的孩子评价我的话”。而That last sentence指的是上文中的Whatever he could give
me,he gave.由此可推断出画线的句子让作者意识到了父爱的含义。故选择B项。
4.D 推理判断题。从最后几段中的We've got to take another trip like that sometime.I tell
him I've decided to settle down,and I'm wearing a watch.可以推测出,父子二人对生活的态
度都不约而同地发生着改变。故选择D项。
5.C 主旨要义题。文章开门见山,直接点题。讲述了作者和父亲的一次旅行改变了二人对
生活的态度。故选择C项。
Passage 48(2014浙江,D)
A city child's summer is spent in the street in front of his home,and all through the
long summer vacations I sat on the edge of the street and watched enviously the other
boys on the block play baseball.I was never asked to take part even when one team had
92 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
a member missing—not out of special cruelty,but because they took it for granted I would
be no good at it.They were right,of course.
I would never forget the wonderful evening when something changed.The baseball
ended about eight or eight thirty when it grew dark.Then it was the custom of the boys
to retire to a little stoop(门廊)that stuck out from the candy store on the corner and that
somehow had become theirs.No grownup ever sat there or attempted to.There the boys
would sit,mostly talking about the games played during the day and of the game to be
played tomorrow.Then long silences would fall and the boys would wander off one by
one.It was just after one of those long silences that my life as an outsider changed.I can
no longer remember which boy it was that summer evening who broke the silence with a
question;but whoever he was,I nod to him gratefully now.“What's in those books you're
always reading?”he asked casually.“Stories,”I answered.“What kind?”asked somebody
else without much interest.
Nor do I know what drove me to behave as I did,for usually I just sat there in
silence,glad enough to be allowed to remain among them;but instead of answering his
question,I told them for two hours the story I was reading at the moment.The book was
Sister Carrie.They listened bug-eyed and breathless.I must have told it well,but I think
there was another and deeper reason that made them so keen an audience.Listening to a
tale being told in the dark is one of the most ancient of man's entertainments,but I was
offering them as well,without being aware of doing it,a new and exciting experience.
The books they themselves read were the Rover Boys or Tom Swift or G.A.Henty.I
had read them too,but at thirteen I had long since left them behind.Since I was much
alone I had become an enthusiastic reader and I had gone through the books-for-boys-
series.In those days there was no reading material between children's and grownups'
books,or I could find none.I had gone right from Tom Swift and His Flying Machine to
Theodore Dreiser and Sister Carrie.Dreiser had hit my young mind,and they listened to
me tell the story with some of the wonder that I had had in reading it.
The next night and many nights thereafter,a kind of unspoken ritual(仪式 )took
place.As it grew dark,I would take my place in the center of the stoop and begin the
evening's tale.Some nights,in order to taste my victory more completely,I cheated.I would
stop at the most exciting part of a story by Jack London or Bret Harte,and without
warning tell them that that was as far as I had gone in the book and it would have to
be continued the following evening.It was not true,of course;but I had to make certain of
my new-found power and position.I enjoyed the long summer evenings until school began
in the fall.Other words of mine have been listened to by larger and more fashionable
audiences,but for that tough and athletic one that sat close on the stoop outside the candy
store,I have an unreasoning love that will last forever.
1.Watching the boys playing baseball, the writer must have felt .
A.bitter and lonely
B.special and different
C.pleased and excited
D.disturbed and annoyed
2.The writer feels grateful even now to the boy who asked the question because the boy
.
93 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
A.invited him to join in their game
B.liked the book that he was reading
C.broke the long silence of that summer evening
D.offered him an opportunity that changed his life
3.According to Paragraph 3, story-telling was popular among the boys basically because
.
A.the story was from a children's book
B.listening to tales was an age-old practice
C.the boys had few entertainments after dark
D.the boys didn't read books by themselves
4.The boys were attracted to Sister Carrie because .
A.it was written by Theodore Dreiser
B.it was specifically targeted at boys
C.it gave them a deeper feeling of pleasure
D.it talked about the wonders of the world
5.Sometimes the writer stopped at the most exciting part of a story to .
A.play a mean trick on the boys
B.experience more joy of achievement
C.add his own imagination to the story
D.help the boys understand the story better
6.What is the message conveyed in the story?
A.One can find his position in life in his own way.
B.Friendship is built upon respect for each other.
C.Reading is more important than playing games.
D.Adult habits are developed from childhood.
答案
[语篇解读] 这是一篇记叙文,题材为人物故事类。作者讲述了自己在某个夏天的暑假,原本
只是那群玩棒球男生的旁观者,却因为一次偶然的邀请,整个夏天的晚上都在给他们讲他看过
的书中的故事,而且这一经历改变了作者的一生。
1.A 推理判断题。由文章第一段内容,即那些孩子从不邀请他一起玩,因为他们认为他球技
不行,而作者也苦涩地承认了这一点,故A为正确答案。
2.D 细节理解题。由文章第二段中的“It was just after one of those long silences that
my life as an outsider changed.”和“but whoever he was,I nod to him gratefully now”
以及文章主旨,可以看出D为正确答案。
3.B 细节理解题。由第三段中的 but I think there was another and deeper reason that
made them so keen an audience. Listening to a tale being told in the dark is one of the
most ancient of man's entertainments可以推出B选项“听故事是一种古老的习俗”为正确
选项。
4.C 推理判断题。文章第四段最后一句提及“他们带着惊叹听我讲故事,就如同我在读这
个故事时的那种惊叹一样”,由此可以推出C为正确选项。
5.B 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段中的...in order to taste my victory more completely,I
cheated.I would stop...可以推出B为正确选项。
6.A 主旨要义题。结合整篇文章尤其是最后一段内容,可以看出这篇文章的主要内容就是
讲述自己通过一件偶然的事情,用一种特殊方式吸引了那些孩子。所以A为正确选项。
94 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
[温馨提示]
1.retire to:to go away to a quiet place离开(去安静的地方)
2.outsider n.局外人
3.bug-eyed adj.惊得目瞪口呆的,眼睛凸出的
4.so keen an audience兴趣十足的听众
5.thereafter adv. 此后
Passage 49(2013江苏,C)
If a diver surfaces too quickly,he may suffer the bends.Nitrogen(氮)dissolved(溶解)in
his blood is suddenly liberated by the reduction of pressure.The consequence,if the
bubbles(气泡)accumulate in a joint,is sharp pain and a bent body—thus the name.If the
bubbles form in his lungs or his brain,the consequence can be death.
Other air-breathing animals also suffer this decompression(减压)sickness if they surface
too fast:whales,for example.And so,long ago,did ichthyosaurs.That these ancient sea animals
got the bends can be seen from their bones.If bubbles of nitrogen form inside the bone
they can cut off its blood supply.This kills the cells in the bone,and consequently weakens
it,sometimes to the point of collapse.Fossil(化石)bones that have caved in on themselves
are thus a sign that the animal once had the bends.
Bruce Rothschild of the University of Kansas knew all this when he began a study
of ichthyosaur bones to find out how widespread the problem was in the past.What he
particularly wanted to investigate was how ichthyosaurs adapted to the problem of
decompression over the 150 million years.To this end,he and his colleagues traveled the
world's natural-history museums,looking at hundreds of ichthyosaurs from the Triassic
period and from the later Jurassic and Cretaceous periods.
When he started,he assumed that signs of the bends would be rarer in younger
fossils,reflecting their gradual evolution of measures to deal with decompression.Instead,he
was astonished to discover the opposite.More than 15% of Jurassic and Cretaceous
ichthyosaurs had suffered the bends before they died,but not a single Triassic specimen(标
本)showed evidence of that sort of injury.
If ichthyosaurs did evolve an anti-decompression means,they clearly did so quickly—
and,most strangely,they lost it afterwards.But that is not what Dr Rothschild thinks
happened.He suspects it was evolution in other animals that caused the change.
Whales that suffer the bends often do so because they have surfaced to escape a
predator(捕食动物)such as a large shark.One of the features of Jurassic oceans was an
abundance of large sharks and crocodiles,both of which were fond of ichthyosaur
lunches.Triassic oceans,by contrast,were mercifully shark-and crocodile-free.In the
Triassic,then,ichthyosaurs were top of the food chain.In the Jurassic and Cretaceous,they
95 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
were prey(猎物)as well as predator—and often had to make a speedy exit as a result.
1.Which of the following is a typical symptom of the bends?
A.A twisted body.
B.A gradual decrease in blood supply.
C.A sudden release of nitrogen in blood.
D.A drop in blood pressure.
2.The purpose of Rothschild's study is to see .
A.how often ichthyosaurs caught the bends
B.how ichthyosaurs adapted to decompression
C.why ichthyosaurs bent their bodies
D.when ichthyosaurs broke their bones
3.Rothschild's finding stated in Paragraph 4 .
A.confirmed his assumption
B.speeded up his research process
C.disagreed with his assumption
D.changed his research objectives
4.Rothschild might have concluded that ichthyosaurs .
A.failed to evolve an anti-decompression means
B.gradually developed measures against the bends
C.died out because of large sharks and crocodiles
D.evolved an anti-decompression means but soon lost it
答案
[语篇解读] 本文是一篇说明文,题材为科普知识与现代技术。鱼龙是从大陆迁往海洋的爬
行动物,有可能因上浮过快而患减压病,是鱼龙失去进化能力了吗?欲知详情,请读堪萨斯大学
的布鲁斯·罗斯采尔德对鱼龙在一亿五千万年来如何应对减压问题的研究。
1.A 细节理解题。从文章第二段信息 And so, long ago, did ichthyosaurs. That these
ancient sea animals got the bends can be seen from their bones.可知,患有减压病可从骨骼
上看出来,故选A。
2.B 推理判断题。从第三段信息 What he particularly wanted to investigate was how
ichthyosaurs adapted to the problem of decompression over the 150 million years.可推测出,
布鲁斯·罗斯采尔德和他的同事们走遍了世界各地的自然历史博物馆,目的就是为了弄清遨游
在大洋中的鱼龙一亿五千万年中是如何应对减压这一问题的。故选B。
3.C 细节理解题。由第四段可知,在开始研究时假定化石越年轻,有减压病症状的骨骼就会
越少,因为它们逐步进化,形成了对抗减压病的机能,然而情况完全相反,这让他非常吃惊。
Instead, he was astonished to discover the opposite.就是关键的信息点。故选C。
4.A 推理判断题。第五段第一句表明:如果鱼龙的确曾进化得到了一种抗减压病的机能,那
么这种进化一定会发展很快。但是,最为奇特的是,他们后来却失去了这一机能。因此布鲁
斯·罗斯采尔德可能得出结论:鱼龙进化没有得到一种抗减压病机能。故选A。
Passage 50(2013江苏,D)
Mark Twain has been called the inventor of the American novel.And he surely
deserves additional praise:the man who popularized the clever literary attack on racism.
I say clever because anti-slavery fiction had been the important part of the literature
in the years before the Civil War.H.B.Stowe's Uncle Tom's Cabin is only the most famous
example.These early stories dealt directly with slavery.With minor exceptions,Twain planted
96 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
his attacks on slavery and prejudice into tales that were on the surface about something
else entirely.He drew his readers into the argument by drawing them into the story.
Again and again,in the postwar years,Twain seemed forced to deal with the challenge
of race.Consider the most controversial,at least today,of Twain's novels,Adventures of
Huckleberry Finn.Only a few books have been kicked off the shelves as often as
Huckleberry Finn,Twain's most widely read tale.Once upon a time,people hated the book
because it struck them as rude.Twain himself wrote that those who banned the book
considered the novel “trash and suitable only for the slums(贫民窟).”More recently the
book has been attacked because of the character Jim,the escaped slave,and many
occurences of the word nigger.(The term Nigger Jim,for which the novel is often severely
criticized,never appears in it.)
But the attacks were and are silly—and miss the point.The novel is strongly anti-
slavery.Jim's search through the slave states for the family from whom he has been
forcibly parted is heroic.As J.Chadwick has pointed out,the character of Jim was a first in
American fiction—a recognition that the slave had two personalities,“the voice of survival
within a white slave culture and the voice of the individual:Jim,the father and the man.”
There is much more.Twain's mystery novel Pudd' nhead Wilson stood as a challenge
to the racial beliefs of even many of the liberals of his day.Written at a time when the
accepted wisdom held Negroes to be inferior( 低 等 的 )to whites,especially in
intelligence,Twain's tale centered in part around two babies switched at birth.A slave gave
birth to her master's baby and,for fear that the child should be sold South,switched him
for the master's baby by his wife.The slave's light-skinned child was taken to be white
and grew up with both the attitudes and the education of the slave-holding class.The
master's wife's baby was taken for black and grew up with the attitudes and intonations
of the slave.
The point was difficult to miss:nurture( 养 育 ),not nature,was the key to social
status.The features of the black man that provided the stuff of prejudice—manner of
speech,for example—were,to Twain,indicative of nothing other than the conditioning that
slavery forced on its victims.
Twain's racial tone was not perfect.One is left uneasy,for example,by the lengthy
passage in his autobiography(自传)about how much he loved what were called “nigger
shows” in his youth—mostly with white men performing in black-face—and his delight
in getting his mother to laugh at them.Yet there is no reason to think Twain saw the
shows as representing reality.His frequent attacks on slavery and prejudice suggest his
keen awareness that they did not.
Was Twain a racist?Asking the question in the 21st century is as wise as asking the
same of Lincoln.If we read the words and attitudes of the past through the “wisdom”
of the considered moral judgments of the present,we will find nothing but
error.Lincoln,who believed the black man the inferior of the white,fought and won a war
to free him.And Twain,raised in a slave state,briefly a soldier,and inventor of Jim,may
have done more to anger the nation over racial injustice and awaken its collective
conscience than any other novelist in the past century.
1.How do Twain's novels on slavery differ from Stowe's?
A.Twain was more willing to deal with racism.
97 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
B.Twain's attack on racism was much less open.
C.Twain's themes seemed to agree with plots.
D.Twain was openly concerned with racism.
2.Recent criticism of Adventures of Huckleberry Finn arose partly from its .
A.target readers at the bottom B.anti-slavery attitude
C.rather impolite language D.frequent use of “nigger”
3.What best proves Twain's anti-slavery stand according to the author?
A.Jim's search for his family was described in detail.
B.The slave's voice was first heard in American novels.
C.Jim grew up into a man and a father in the white culture.
D.Twain suspected that the slaves were less intelligent.
4.The story of two babies switched mainly indicates that .
A.slaves were forced to give up their babies to their masters
B.slaves' babies could pick up slave-holders' way of speaking
C.blacks' social position was shaped by how they were brought up
D.blacks were born with certain features of prejudice
5.What does the underlined word “they” in Paragraph 7 refer to?
A.The attacks. B.Slavery and prejudice.
C.White men. D.The shows.
6.What does the author mainly argue for?
A.Twain had done more than his contemporary writers to attack racism.
B.Twain was an admirable figure comparable to Abraham Lincoln.
C.Twain's works had been banned on unreasonable grounds.
D.Twain's works should be read from a historical point of view.
答案
[语篇解读] 被誉为美国小说创始人的马克·吐温,因为抨击种族歧视、唤起民众良知而深受
赞誉。
1.B 推理判断题。根据第二段第二至四句可知,Stowe的小说正面抨击奴隶制问题。马克·吐
温则通过故事层面来抨击奴隶制和种族歧视。由此可见马克·吐温对种族歧视的抨击不那么
公开。故答案为B项。
2.D 细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句可知,小说Adventures of Huckleberry Finn最近引
发批评主要是因为nigger(黑鬼)一词出现太频繁了。故答案为D项。
3.C 推理判断题。根据第四段,美国小说人物Jim是公认的具有双重性格的奴隶:在白人文
化氛围中长大,并且为人父。这点与马克·吐温的反奴隶立场相似,故答案为C项。
4.C 推理判断题。根据第六段第一句可知,社会地位的关键是养育的环境,而不是与生俱来
的。由此推断,两个婴儿互换的故事主要说明黑人是通过他们被养育的方式来形成其社会地
位的。
5.D 猜测词义题。根据第七段倒数两句可知,没有理由认为马克·吐温把这些戏剧看做是代
表现实的,而他频繁地抨击奴隶制和偏见表明他清醒的意识,但这些戏剧并无法取代现实。故
they指代上文的the shows。
6.A 推理判断题。根据文章最后一句可知,在抨击种族歧视和唤起人们的良知方面,马克·吐
温比上一世纪的其他小说家做得更多。故选A。
Passage 51(2013江西,B)
When international aid is given,steps must be taken to ensure(确保)that the aid
98 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
reaches the people for whom it is intended.The way to achieve this may not be simple.It
is very difficult for a nation to give help directly to people in another nation.The United
Nations Organization(UNO)could undertake to direct the distribution of aid.Here however
rises the problem of costs.Also tied with this is time.Perhaps the UNO could set up a
body of devoted men and women in every country who can speedily distribute aid to
victims of floods and earthquakes.
More than the help that one nation can give to another during a disaster,it would be
more effective to give other forms of help during normal times.A common proverb
says,“ Give me a fish and I eat for a day , teach me to fish and I eat for a lifetime. ”If
we follow this wise saying,it would be right to teach people from less developed nations
to take care of themselves.For example,a country could share its technology with
another.This could be in simple areas like agriculture or in more complex areas like
medical and health care or even in building satellites.Even a small country is able to help
less developed nations.Sometime what is taken for granted,like the setting up of a water
purification plant or the administration of a school,could be useful for countries which are
looking about to solve common problems.It does not cost much to share such simple
things.Exchange students could be attached for a number of months or years and learn the
required craft while on the site.They can then take their knowledge back to their
homelands and if necessary come back from time to time to clear doubts or to update
themselves.Such aid will be truly helpful and there is no chance of it being temporary or
of it falling into the wrong hands.
Many countries run extensive courses in all sorts of skills.It will not cost much to
include deserving foreigners in these courses.Besides giving effective help to the countries
concerned,there is also the build-up of friendships to consider.Giving direct help by giving
materials may be effective in the short run and must continue to be given in the event of
emergencies.However,in the long run what is really effective would be the sharing of
knowledge.
1.According to the author, how could international aid reach the victims in time?
A.By solving the cost problems.
B.By solving the transportation problems.
C.By setting up a body of devoted people in every country.
D.By relying on the direct distribution of the UNO.
2.What does the author try to express in the underlined sentence?
A.Providing food is vital.
B.Learning to fish is helpful.
C.Teaching skills is essential.
D.Looking after others is important.
3.The second paragraph is developed mainly .
A.by example B.by process
C.by comparison D.by contrast
4.Which aid is likely to fall into the wrong hands?
A.A medical team.
B.An exchange program.
99 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
C.A water plant.
D.Financial support.
5.What can we infer about international aid from the passage?
A.It is facing difficulties.
B.It is unnecessary during normal times.
C.It should be given in the form of materials.
D.It has gained support from developed countries.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为议论文,题材为社会与热点。本文叙述了联合国组织如何把帮助给真正
需要帮助的人,最后得出中心观点。
1.C 细节理解题。根据文章第一段最后一句中的“Perhaps the UNO could set up a body
of devoted men and women”可知选C项。
2.C 推理判断题。根据文章第二段第三句“If we follow this wise saying, it would be
right to teach people from less developed nations...”,可知选C项。Give me a fish and I
eat for a day, teach me to fish and I eat for a lifetime.意为:授人以鱼不如授人以渔。
3.A 推理判断题。通读第二段可知,本段用了几个例子来阐明如何更有效地在正常时期帮
助较不发达的国家,如帮助他们种植净化水质的植物,提供医疗帮助,派遣交换生学习先进知
识和经验等,故选A项。
4.D 细节理解题。此题用排除法,根据文章第二段第五句中的“medical and health care”
排除A项;根据文章第二段倒数第三句中的“Exchange students”排除B项;根据文章第二段
倒数第五句中的“a water purification plant”排除C项。
5.A 推理判断题。根据文章第一段第三句“It is very difficult for a nation to give help
directly to people in another nation.”和第五、六句“Here however rises the problem of
costs. And tied with this is time.”可知,国际救援遇到了困难。
Passage 52(2013江西,D)
One might expect that the ever-growing demands of the tourist trade would bring
nothing but good for the countries that receive the holiday-makers.Indeed,a rosy picture is
painted for the long-term future of the holiday industry.Every month sees the building of
a new hotel somewhere.And every month another rock-bound Pacific island is advertised
as the‘last paradise(天堂)on earth’.
However,the scale and speed of this growth seem set to destroy the very things
tourists want to enjoy.In those countries where there was a rush to make quick money out
of sea-side holidays,over-crowded beaches and the concrete jungles of endless hotels have
begun to lose their appeal.
Those countries with little experience of tourism can suffer most.In recent years,Nepal
set out to attract foreign visitors to fund developments in health and education.Its
forests,full of wildlife and rare flowers,were offered to tourists as one more untouched
paradise.In fact,the nature all too soon felt the effects of thousands of holiday-makers
traveling through the forest land.Ancient tracks became major routes for the walkers,with
the consequent exploitation of precious trees and plants.
Not only can the environment of a country suffer from the sudden growth of
tourism.The people as well rapidly feel its effects.Farmland makes way for hotels,roads
and airports;the old way of life goes.The one-time farmer is now the servant of some
100 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
multi-national organization;he is no longer his own master.Once it was his back that bore
the pain;now it is his smile that is exploited.No doubt he wonders whether he wasn't
happier in his village working his own land.
Thankfully,the tourist industry is waking up to the responsibilities it has towards those
countries that receive its customers.The protection of wildlife and the creation of national
parks go hand in hand with tourist development and in fact obtain financial support from
tourist companies.At the same time,tourists are being encouraged to respect not only the
countryside they visit but also its people.
The way tourism is handled in the next ten years will decide its fate and that of the
countries we all want to visit.Their needs and problems are more important than those of
the tourist companies.Increased understanding in planning world-wide tourism can preserve
the market for these companies.If not,in a few years' time the very things that attract
tourists now may well have been destroyed.
1.What does the author indicate in the last sentence of Paragraph 1?
A.The Pacific island is a paradise.
B.The Pacific island is worth visiting.
C.The advertisement is not convincing.
D.The advertisement is not impressive.
2.The example of Nepal is used to suggest .
A.its natural resources are untouched
B.its forests are exploited for farmland
C.it develops well in health and education
D.it suffers from the heavy flow of tourists
3.What can we learn about the farmers from Paragraph 4?
A.They are happy to work their own lands.
B.They have to please the tourists for a living.
C.They have to struggle for their independence.
D.They are proud of working in multi-national organizations.
4.Which of the following determines the future of tourism?
A.The number of tourists.
B.The improvement of services.
C.The promotion of new products.
D.The management of tourism.
5.The author's attitude towards the development of the tourist industry is .
A.optimistic B.doubtful
C.objective D.negative
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为议论文,题材是世界和环境类。众所周知旅游业可以给当地经济发展带
来无限商机,尤其是一些欠发达国家和地区。但是盲目无序地发展旅游业也会给当地环境带
来危害,甚至是致命危害。那我们该怎么平衡旅游业和环保之间的关系呢?
1.C 推理判断题。第一段中作者描述:每个月都会看到某个地方在建一座新宾馆,每个月都
会看到太平洋中的某个小岛打出广告:这儿是世上最后的一处天堂。由作者的语气我们可以
推断出这样的广告已经没有什么说服力了,故选C项。
2.D 推理判断题。第三段作者引用了尼泊尔发展旅游业为例,其初衷是为当地的教育和卫
101 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
生事业提供资金,但是很快这儿的自然环境就受到了旅游业的影响。现在这个国家正经受着
旅游业带来的痛苦,故选D项。
3.B 推理判断题。根据第四段中的Once it was his back that bore the pain;now it is his
smile that is exploited.“过去是他的脊背在承受痛苦,现在是人们开发利用他的微笑”推断
出现在他们为了谋生不得不用自己的微笑来取悦游客,故选B项。
4.D 推理判断题。倒数第二段第二句说,野生生物的保护,国家公园的创建要和旅游业的发
展同时进行,又根据倒数第一段第一句,未来十年,如何管理旅游业将决定旅游业的命运和我
们要去参观的国家的命运。由此可推断出D项符合题意。
5.C 推理判断题。综观全文可知作者的态度是客观的。A:乐观的;B:怀疑的;C:客观的;D:消
极的。故选C项。
长难句 The way tourism is handled in the next ten years will decide its fate and that of
the countries we all want to visit.旅游业在未来10年里的运行模式将决定该行业本身的命
运,并且也将决定那些我们都想去参观的国家的命运。
该句的主语是the way,tourism is handled in the next ten years是定语从句修饰the
way。代词that代替的是the fate,we all want to visit也是定语从句,修饰先行词countries。
Passage 53(2013课标全国Ⅰ,C)
It happened to me recently.I was telling someone how much I had enjoyed reading
Barack Obama's Dreams From My Father and how it had changed my views of our
President.A friend I was talking to agreed with me that it was,in his words,“ a
brilliantly(精彩地)written book”.However,he then went on to talk about Mr Obama in a
way which suggested he had no idea of his background at all.I sensed that I was talking
to a book liar.
And it seems that my friend is not the only one.Approximately two thirds of people
have lied about reading a book which they haven't.In the World Book Day's “Report on
Guilty Secrets”,Dreams From My Father is at number 9.The report lists ten books,and
various authors,which people have lied about reading,and as I'm not one to lie too
often(I'd hate to be caught out),I'll admit here and now that I haven't read the entire top
ten.But I am pleased to say that,unlike 42 percent of people,I have read the book at
number one,George Orwell's 1984.I think it's really brilliant.
The World Book Day report also has some other interesting information in it.It says
that many people lie about having read Jane Austen,Charles Dickens,Fyodor Dostoevsky(I
haven't read him,but haven't lied about it either)and Herman Melville.
Asked why they lied,the most common reason was to“impress”someone they were
speaking to.This could be tricky if the conversation became more in-depth!
But when asked which authors they actually enjoy,people named J.K.Rowling,John
Grisham,Sophie Kinsella(ah,the big sellers,in other words).Forty-two percent of people asked
admitted they turned to the back of the book to read the end before finishing the story(I'll
come clean:I do this and am astonished that 58 percent said they had never done so).
1.How did the author find his friend a book liar?
A.By judging his manner of speaking.
B.By looking into his background.
C.By mentioning a famous name.
D.By discussing the book itself.
2.Which of the following is a“guilty secret”according to the World Book Day report?
102 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
A.Charles Dickens is very low on the top-ten list.
B.42% of people pretended to have read 1984.
C.The author admitted having read 9 books.
D.Dreams From My Father is hardly read.
3.By lying about reading,a person hopes to .
A.control the conversation B.appear knowledgeable
C.learn about the book D.make more friends
4.What is the author's attitude to 58% of readers?
A.Favorable. B.Uncaring. C.Doubtful. D.Friendly.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文属于夹叙夹议文。题材为文学与艺术。本文讲述了发生在作者身边的趣
事。通过与朋友的交谈,作者发现42%的人对有关书籍内容是一知半解,知之甚少;当作者问
及读者他们最喜欢哪个作者的时候,作者认为58%的读者根本就没有读过名著,让作者对这部
分读者也产生了怀疑。
1.D 细节理解题。由文章第一段可知,作者和朋友交流奥巴马的《父亲之梦》时发现,他根
本不了解奥巴马的背景,让作者感觉到他的朋友在说谎。由此推测,作者在和朋友讨论《父亲
之梦》时,感觉到朋友就是个book liar。
2.B 推理判断题。根据第二段信息句But I am pleased to say that, unlike 42 percent of
people, I have read the book at number one, George Orwell's 1984.及第三段内容可知,42%
的人其实假装自己看了乔治·奥威尔的《一九八四》这本书。故选B项。
3.B 细节理解题。由文章第三段 The World Book Day...It says that many people lie
about having read Jane Austen, Charles Dickens...及第四段内容可知,许多人撒谎看了许多
名著,实际就是为了炫耀自己读书之多、知识丰富。I haven't read him,but haven't lied
about it either从侧面就折射出作者说话的意图。
4.C 推理判断题。由文章最后一段特别是astonished可得知,作者对58%的人也产生了怀疑。
故选C。
高级词块 ①have no idea of不知道 ②catch sb. out抓住某人的短处
长难句 Asked why they lied, the most common reason was to “impress” someone
they were speaking to.当被问及他们为什么撒谎时,最常见的原因是为了给与之谈话的人留
下深刻的印象。
asked...为过去分词短语作状语,they were speaking to为定语从句,修饰someone。
Passage 54(2013辽宁,C)
Here is an astonishing and significant fact:Mental work alone can't make us tired.It
sounds absurd.But a few years ago,scientists tried to find out how long the human brain
could labor without reaching a stage of fatigue( 疲 劳 ).To the amazement of these
scientists,they discovered that blood passing through the brain,when it is active,shows no
fatigue at all!If we took a drop of blood from a day laborer,we would find it full of
fatigue toxins(毒素)and fatigue products.But if we took blood from the brain of an Albert
Einstein,it would show no fatigue toxins at the end of the day.
So far as the brain is concerned,it can work as well and swiftly at the end of eight
or even twelve hours of effort as at the beginning.The brain is totally tireless.So what
makes us tired?
Some scientists declare that most of our fatigue comes from our mental and
103 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
emotional( 情 感 的 )attitudes.One of England's most outstanding
scientists,J.A.Hadfield,says,“The greater part of the fatigue from which we suffer is of
mental origin.In fact,fatigue of purely physical origin is rare.”Dr.Brill,a famous American
scientist,goes even further.He declares,“One hundred percent of the fatigue of a sitting
worker in good health is due to emotional problems.”
What kinds of emotions make sitting workers tired?Joy?Satisfaction?No!A feeling of
being bored,anger,anxiety,tenseness,worry,a feeling of not being appreciated—those are the
emotions that tire sitting workers.Hard work by itself seldom causes fatigue.We get tired
because our emotions produce nervousness in the body.
1.What surprised the scientists a few years ago?
A.Fatigue toxins could hardly be found in a laborer's blood.
B.Albert Einstein didn't feel worn out after a day's work.
C.The brain could work for many hours without fatigue.
D.A mental worker's blood was filled with fatigue toxins.
2.According to the author, which of the following can make sitting workers tired?
A.Challenging mental work. B.Unpleasant emotions.
C.Endless tasks. D.Physical labor.
3.What's the author's attitude towards the scientists' ideas?
A.He agrees with them.
B.He doubts them.
C.He argues against them.
D.He hesitates to accept them.
4.We can infer from the passage that in order to stay energetic,sitting workers need to
.
A.have some good food B.enjoy their work
C.exercise regularly D.discover fatigue toxins
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为说明文,题材为科学发现,主要介绍一项惊人发现:脑力工作本身不会使人
感到疲劳。
1.C 细节理解题。根据第一段中“To the amazement of these...shows no fatigue at all!”
可知让科学家惊讶的是大脑工作时不会显示出疲劳,故选C项。
2.B 细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句话可知导致我们疲劳的主要是不良的情绪,故选B
项。
3.A 推理判断题。结合全文尤其是文章第一句话可知作者对这一新的科学发现虽然感到震
惊但又认为它是一个具有重要意义的事实,故选A项。
4.B 推理判断题。由文章最后两段可知导致坐着工作的人们疲劳的主要原因是不良的情绪,
因此要想保持活力必须保持愉悦的心情,故选B项。
长难句 To the amazement of these scientists, they discovered that blood passing through
the brain, when it is active, shows no fatigue at all!让这些科学家们惊讶的是,他们发现当
大脑思维活跃的时候,流经大脑的血液根本没有显现疲劳的迹象!
句中that引导的从句作discovered的宾语;在宾语从句中,现在分词短语passing through
the brain作blood的后置定语,when引导时间状语从句。
Passage 55(2013山东,C)
104 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
You can't always predict a heavy rain or remember your umbrella.But designer
Mikhail Belyaev doesn't think that forgetting to check the weather forecast before heading
out should result in you getting wet.That's why he created Lampbrella,a lamp post with its
own rain-sensing umbrella.
The designer says he came up with the idea after watching people get wet on streets
in Russia.“Once,I was driving on a central Saint Petersburg street and saw the street
lamps lighting up people trying to hide from the rain.I thought it would be appropriate to
have a canopy(伞篷) built into a street lamp,”he said.
The Lampbrella is a standard-looking street lamp fitted with an umbrella canopy.It
has a built-in electric motor which can open or close the umbrella on demand.Sensors(传
感器) then ensure that the umbrella offers pedestrians shelter whenever it starts raining.
In addition to the rain sensor,there's also a 360° motion sensor on the fiberglass street
lamp which detects whether anyone is using the Lampbrella.After three minutes of not
being used the canopy is closed.
According to the designer,the Lampbrella would move at a relatively low speed,so as
not to cause harm to the pedestrians.Besides,it would be grounded to protect from possible
lightning strike.Each Lampbrella would offer enough shelter for several people.Being
installed (安装) at 2 metres off the ground,it would only be a danger for the tallest of
pedestrians.
While there are no plans to take the Lampbrella into production,Belyaev says he
recently introduced his creation to one Moscow Department,and insists his creation could
be installed on any street where a lot of people walk but there are no canopies to
provide shelter.
1.For what purpose did Belyaev create the Lampbrella?
A.To predict a heavy rain.
B.To check the weather forecast.
C.To protect people from the rain.
D.To remind people to take an umbrella.
2.What do we know from Belyaev's words in Paragraph 2?
A.His creation was inspired by an experience.
B.It rains a lot in the city of Saint Petersburg.
C.Street lamps are protected by canopies.
D.He enjoyed taking walks in the rain.
3.Which of the following shows how the Lampbrella works?
A.motor→canopy→sensors
B.sensors→motor→canopy
C.motor→sensors→canopy
D.canopy→motor→sensors
4.What does Paragraph 5 mainly tell us about the Lampbrella?
105 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
A.Its moving speed. B.Its appearance.
C.Its installation. D.Its safety.
5.What can be inferred from the last paragraph?
A.The designer will open a company to promote his product.
B.The Lampbrella could be put into immediate production.
C.The designer is confident that his creation is practical.
D.The Lampbrella would be put on show in Moscow.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为说明文,题材是发明与现代技术类。走在大街上突遇大雨而又没有带雨
具该怎么办?一位有心人在圣彼得堡街头的一次经历让他产生了一种发明的想法:灯杆伞篷。
1.C 细节理解题。根据第一段内容可知他设计这种雨伞的目的就是为了保护行人免受雨淋
之苦,故选C项。
2.A 推理判断题。第二段提到一次在圣彼得堡街头路灯照耀下他看到很多人试图避雨,于
是就产生了设计这种雨伞的想法。由此推断出他的发明创造来自一次经历,故选A项。
3.B 细节理解题。根据第三段中对灯杆伞篷的工作原理的描述可知B项正确。
4.D 主旨要义题。第五段主要是告诉我们灯杆伞篷是很安全的,故选D项。A项是该段的
一个细节;该段没有提及它的外表样子,排除B项;C项“它的安装”,也是一个细节。
5.C 推理判断题。最后一段中说他坚持认为自己设计的这种雨伞可以在任何行人多但没有
伞篷提供保护的街道上安装,由此推断出他认为自己的设计非常实用,故选C项。
长难句 While there are no plans to take the Lampbrella into production, Belyaev says
he recently introduced his creation to one Moscow Department, and insists his creation
could be installed on any street where a lot of people walk but there are no canopies to
provide shelter.尽管现在还没有计划将这种灯杆伞篷投入生产,但Belyaev说他最近把他的发
明介绍给了莫斯科的一个部门,并坚持认为他的发明能够安装在任何行人很多但没有伞篷提
供保护的街道上。
这里 while 引导的是一个让步状语从句,while=although 尽管、虽然。主句的主语
Belyaev有两个并列谓语动词says和insists。其中where引导的定语从句修饰先行词street。
Passage 56(2013陕西,D)
About 30 years ago,I left Cuba for the United States with my son.After getting
settled finally in Brunswick,New Jersey,I enrolled(注册)my son in kindergarten.Several
weeks later,my son's teacher asked me to meet him at his office.
In the teacher's office,an exchange of greetings was followed by his questions:“Is
your son mentally retarded(弱智的)?Does he suffer from any kind of mental disability?”
Was he talking about my wonderful Scola?No,no,it can't be.What a helpless,lonely
moment!I told him that Scola was a quiet,sweet little boy,instead.I asked him why he was
asking me all these questions.
My son could not follow the teacher's directions,he told me,and thus,Scola was
disrupting the class.Didn't he know my son did not speak English yet?
He was angry:“Why hasn't your son been taught to speak English?Don't you speak
English at home?”
No,I didn't speak English at home,I replied.I was sure my son would learn English in
a couple of months,and I didn't want him to forget his native language.Well,wrong answer!
What kind of person would not speak in English to her son at home and at all
times?“Are you one of those people who come to this country to save dollars and send
106 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
them back to their country,never wanting to be a part of this society?”
Needless to say,I tried to tell him I was not one of “those people”.Then he told
me the meeting was over,and I left.
As I had expected,my son learned to speak English fluently before the school year
was over.He went on to graduate from college and got a job,earning close to six
figures.He travels widely and leads a well-adjusted,contented life.And he has benefited
from being bilingual(双语的).
Speaking more than one language allows people to communicate with others;it teaches
people about other cultures and other places—something very basic and obviously lacking
in the“educator”I met in New Jersey.
1.The teacher asked the author to his office .
A.to discuss Scola's in-class performance
B.to get Scola enrolled in kindergarten
C.to find a language partner for Scola
D.to work out a study plan for Scola
2.What does the underlined word “disrupting” in Paragraph 4 probably mean?
A.Breaking. B.Following. C.Attending. D.Disturbing.
3.The author's attitude towards being bilingual may best be described as .
A.critical B.casual C.positive D.passive
4.This text is likely to be selected from a book of .
A.medicine B.education C.geography D.history
答案
[语篇解读] 作者的儿子因不会说英语而被老师认为是弱智,老师因此把作者叫到了学校。
作者以积极的态度应对,正如作者所期望的,儿子学会了一口流利的英语,大学毕业后儿子的
职业生涯获得了极大成功。
1.A 细节理解题。根据第四段第一句话可知答案。
2.D 猜测词义题。由于作者的儿子不会说英语,所以跟不上老师的课堂指令,这会扰乱课堂
秩序。A:打破,使碎裂;B:跟随,遵循;C:参加,出席;D:妨碍,打扰。
3.C 推理判断题。根据倒数第二段“作者的儿子正如作者所期望的那样学会了说一口流利
的英语”可知,作者鼓励孩子努力学习英语,对于双语学习持有积极的态度。
4.B 推理判断题。通过整篇文章的大意可知它是关于学校教育问题的,最有可能选自教育
方面的书籍。
长难句 I was sure my son would learn English in a couple of months,and I didn't want
him to forget his native language.我确信我儿子在几个月里会学会英语,而且我不想让他忘
记母语。
本句是并列句。and连接两个并列分句;第一个分句中是I am/was sure(that)...结构。
Passage 57(2013四川,D)
Home to me means a sense of familiarity and nostalgia (怀旧).It's fun to come
home.It looks the same.It smells the same.You'll realize what's changed is you.Home is
where we can remember pain,love,and some other experiences:We parted here;My parents
met here;I won three championships here.
If I close my eyes,I can still have a clear picture in mind of my first home.I walk
in the door and see a brown sofa surrounding a low glass-top wooden table.To the right
of the living room is my first bedroom.It's empty,but it's where my earliest memories are.
107 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
There is the dining room table where I celebrated birthdays,and where I cried on
Halloween—when I didn't want to wear the skirt my mother made for me.I always liked
standing on that table because it made me feel tall and strong.If I sit at this table,I can
see my favorite room in the house,my parents' room.It is simple:a brown wooden dresser
lines the right side of the wall next to a television and a couple of photos of my
grandparents on each side.Their bed is my safe zone.I can jump on it anytime—waking
up my parents if I am scared or if I have an important announcement that cannot wait
until the morning.
I'm lucky because I know my first home still exists.It exists in my mind and heart,on
a physical property (住宅)on West 64th street on the western edge of Los Angeles.It is
proof I lived,I grew,and I learned.
Sometimes when I feel lost,I lie down and shut my eyes,and I go home.I know it's
where I'll find my family,my dogs,and my belongings.I purposely leave the window open
at night because I know I'll be blamed by Mom.But I don't mind,because I want to hear
her say my name,which reminds me I'm home.
1.Why does the author call her parents' bed her“safe zone”(Paragraph 3)?
A.It is her favorite place to play.
B.Her needs can be satisfied there.
C.Her grandparents' photos are lined on each side.
D.Her parents always play together with her there.
2.What can be learned from the passage?
A.The old furniture is still in the author's first bedroom.
B.The author can still visit her first physical home in Los Angeles.
C.The author's favorite room in her first home is the dining room.
D.Many people of the author's age can still find their first physical homes.
3.Sometimes when she feels lost, the author will .
A.open the window at night
B.lie down in bed to have a dream
C.try to bring back a sense of home
D.go to Los Angeles to visit her mom
4.What is the author's purpose of writing this passage?
A.To express how much she is attached to her home.
B.To declare how much she loves her first house.
C.To describe the state of her family.
D.To look back on her childhood.
答案
[语篇解读] 文章讲述了作者对家的感受,尤其是对自己第一个家的感怀。
1.B 推理判断题。根据文章第三段最后一句可知作者在父母的床上能做很多事情,故选B
项“她的需要能在父母的床上得到满足”。
2.B 推理判断题。根据第二段中 It's empty可知A项错误;根据第三段中 I can see my
favorite room in the house, my parents' room可知C项错误。D项文章没提。根据倒数第
二段第一句I'm lucky because I know my first home still exists.可推断出选B。
3.C 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段第一句Sometimes when I feel lost,I lie down and
shut my eyes,and I go home.可以推断出作者迷茫的时候总是努力找回家的感觉,故选C。
108 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
4.A 推理判断题。全文处处体现出作者对家的依恋。
Passage 58(2013天津,D)
When asked about happiness,we usually think of something extraordinary,an absolute
delight,which seems to get rarer the older we get.
For kids,happiness has a magical quality.Their delight at winning a race or getting a
new bike is unreserved(毫无掩饰的).
In the teenage years the concept of happiness changes.Suddenly it's conditional on
such things as excitement,love and popularity.I can still recall the excitement of being
invited to dance with the most attractive boy at the school party.
In adulthood the things that bring deep joy— love,marriage,birth— also bring
responsibility and the risk of loss.For adults,happiness is complicated(复杂的).
My definition of happiness is “the capacity for enjoyment”.The more we can enjoy
what we have,the happier we are.It's easy to overlook the pleasure we get from the
company of friends,the freedom to live where we please,and even good health.
I experienced my little moments of pleasure yesterday.First I was overjoyed when I
shut the last lunch-box and had the house to myself.Then I spent an uninterrupted
morning writing,which I love.When the kids and my husband came home,I enjoyed their
noise after the quiet of the day.
Psychologists tell us that to be happy we need a mix of enjoyable leisure time and
satisfying work.I don't think that my grandmother,who raised 14 children,had much of
either.She did have a network of close friends and family,and maybe this is what satisfied
her.
We,however,with so many choices and such pressure to succeed in every area,have
turned happiness into one more thing we've got to have.We're so self-conscious about
our“right”to it that it's making us miserable.So we chase it and equal it with wealth
and success,without noticing that the people who have those things aren't necessarily
happier.
Happiness isn't about what happens to us—it's about how we see what happens to
us.It's the skillful way of finding a positive for every negative.It's not wishing for what
we don't have,but enjoying what we do possess.
1.As people grow older, they .
A.feel it harder to experience happiness
B.associate their happiness less with others
C.will take fewer risks in pursuing happiness
D.tend to believe responsibility means happiness
2.What can we learn about the author from Paragraphs 5 and 6?
A.She cares little about her own health.
B.She enjoys the freedom of traveling.
C.She is easily pleased by things in daily life.
D.She prefers getting pleasure from housework.
3.What can be inferred from Paragraph 7?
A.Psychologists think satisfying work is key to happiness.
B.Psychologists' opinion is well proved by Grandma's case.
C.Grandma often found time for social gatherings.
109 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
D.Grandma's happiness came from modest expectations of life.
4.People who equal happiness with wealth and success .
A.consider pressure something blocking their way
B.stress their right to happiness too much
C.are at a loss to make correct choices
D.are more likely to be happy
5.What can be concluded from the passage?
A.Happiness lies between the positive and the negative.
B.Each man is the master of his own fate.
C.Success leads to happiness.
D.Happy is he who is content.
答案
[语篇解读] 文章介绍了随着我们年龄的增加和对成功追求压力的加大,我们逐渐忽略了身
边快乐的存在。在生活中容易满足的人会更快乐。
1.A 细节理解题。由第一段的...which seems to get rarer the older we get.可知,我们年龄
越大,快乐似乎就会越少。故选A项。
2.C 推理判断题。第五段主要讲了作者对快乐的理解:我们越享受我们所拥有的,我们就会
越快乐。第六段主要讲了作者的一次经历,孩子和丈夫的吵闹声也让作者感受到了快乐。所
以从这两段我们可以得知作者很容易从日常生活中感到快乐。故选C项。
3.D 推理判断题。本段心理学家认为快乐的来源是有可以享受的休闲时间和令人满意的工
作。而作者的奶奶对于心理学家认为的快乐来源都没有,但是有自己的朋友和亲人,这或许是
让奶奶满意也是快乐的事情。故选D项(奶奶的快乐来自对生活适度的期盼。)。
4.B 推理判断题。第八段告诉我们:在每个领域我们有太多的选择和追求成功的压力,我们
已经把快乐变成了另外一个东西,甚至把它等同于财富和成功,但是我们没有注意到其实拥有
财富和成功的人不一定更快乐。故选B项。
5.D 推理判断题。本篇文章的中心段是最后一段。在最后一段作者指出我们的快乐不是去
期望我们没有得到的东西,而是要享受我们所拥有的。故选D项。
长难句 When asked about happiness, we usually think of something extraordinary, an
absolute delight, which seems to get rarer the older we get.当我们被问及快乐的时候,我们
经常会想到一些不同寻常的东西,一种完全的愉悦,而这种快乐随着我们年龄的增大似乎变得
越来越少了。
When(we are)asked about happiness,相当于一个由when引导的省略了主语和系动词be
的时间状语从句;an absolute delight是前面something extraordinary的同位语;which引导的
是一个非限制定语从句,先行词是something extraordinary,在定语从句中作主语。
Passage 59(2013浙江,D)
In 1974,after filling out fifty applications,going through four interviews,and winning
one offer,I took what I could get—a teaching job at what I considered a distant wild
area:western New Jersey.My characteristic optimism was alive only when I reminded
myself that I would be doing what I had wanted to do since I was fourteen—teaching
English.
School started,but I felt more and more as if I were in a foreign country.Was this
rural area really New Jersey?My students took a week off when hunting season began.I
was told they were also frequently absent in late October to help their fathers make hay
on the farms.I was a young woman from New York City,who thought that“Make hay
110 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
while the sun shines”just meant to have a good time.
But,still,I was teaching English.I worked hard,taking time off only to eat and
sleep.And then there was my sixth-grade class—seventeen boys and five girls who were
only six years younger than me.I had a problem long before I knew it.I was struggling in
my work as a young idealistic teacher.I wanted to make literature come alive and to
promote a love of the written word.The students wanted to throw spitballs and whisper
dirty words in the back of the room.
In college I had been taught that a successful educator should ignore bad behavior.So
I did,confident that,as the textbook had said,the bad behavior would disappear as I gave
my students positive attention.It sounds reasonable,but the text evidently ignored the fact
that humans,particularly teenagers,rarely seem reasonable.By the time my boss,who was
also my taskmaster,known to be the strictest,most demanding,most quick to fire
inexperienced teachers,came into the classroom to observe me,the students exhibited very
little good behavior to praise.
My boss sat in the back of the room.The boys in the class were making animal
noises,hitting each other while the girls filed their nails or read magazines.I just pretended
it all wasn't happening,and went on lecturing and tried to ask some inspiring questions.My
boss,sitting in the back of the room,seemed to be growing bigger and bigger.After twenty
minutes he left,silently.Visions of unemployment marched before my eyes.
I felt mildly victorious that I got through the rest of class without crying,but at my
next free period I had to face him.I wondered if he would let me finish out the day.I
walked to his office,took a deep breath,and opened the door.
He was sitting in his chair,and he looked at me long and hard.I said nothing.All I
could think of was that I was not an English teacher;I had been lying to
myself,pretending that everything was fine.
When he spoke,he said simply,without accusation,“You had nothing to say to them.”
“You had nothing to say to them,”he repeated.“No wonder they're bored.Why not
get to the meat of the literature and stop talking about symbolism.Talk with them,not at
them.And more important,why do you ignore their bad behavior?”We talked.He named
my problems and offered solutions.We role-played.He was the bad student,and I was the
forceful,yet,warm,teacher.
As the year progressed,we spent many hours discussing literature and ideas about
human beings and their motivations.He helped me identify my weaknesses and my
strengths.In short,he made a teacher of me by teaching me the reality of Emerson's
words:“The secret to education lies in respecting the pupil.”
Fifteen years later I still drive that same winding road to the same school.Thanks to
the help I received that difficult first year,the school is my home now.
1.It can be inferred from the story that in 1974 .
A.the writer became an optimistic person
B.the writer was very happy about her new job
C.it was rather difficult to get a job in the USA
D.it was easy to get a teaching job in New Jersey
2.According to the passage, which of the following is most probably the writer's problem
as a new teacher?
111 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
A.She had blind trust in what she learnt at college.
B.She didn't ask experienced teachers for advice.
C.She took too much time off to eat and sleep.
D.She didn't like teaching English literature.
3.What is the writer's biggest worry after her taskmaster's observation of her class?
A.She might lose her teaching job.
B.She might lose her students' respect.
C.She couldn't teach the same class any more.
D.She couldn't ignore her students' bad behavior any more.
4.Which of the following gives the writer a sense of mild victory?
A.Her talk about symbolism sounded convincing.
B.Her students behaved a little better than usual.
C.She managed to finish the class without crying.
D.She was invited for a talk by her boss after class.
5.The students behaved badly in the writer's classes because .
A.they were eager to embarrass her
B.she didn't really understand them
C.they didn't regard her as a good teacher
D.she didn't have a good command of English
6.The taskmaster's attitude towards the writer after his observation of her class can be best
described as .
A.cruel but encouraging
B.fierce but forgiving
C.sincere and supportive
D.angry and aggressive
答案
[语篇解读] 这是一篇记叙文,题材为工作生活。作者讲述了自己大学毕业后找到理想的教
师职业,然而发现教学并不是书本中所讲的那么容易。后来在领导的帮助下,作者从一个不懂
教学艺术的新老师成长为一名不仅有着较深文学造诣而且更懂得教育真谛并深爱自己事业
的好老师。
1.C 推理判断题。从第一段“...after filling out fifty applications...I took what I could get
—a teaching job at...a distant wild area”,可以看出作者付出巨大努力才找到一份地处偏远
的工作,可见当时工作不好找。故C项正确。
2.A 细节理解题。作者只有在学校学习的知识,而没有实际工作的经验,尤其是对当地的情
况很不了解,对所教学生的情况和他们的需求也不了解,所以教学工作无法开展,故选A。
3.A 细节理解题。根据第五段“Visions of unemployment marched before my eyes”可知
作者此时预见到了被解雇的可能性,这也正是作者所担心的。因而A项正确。
4.C 细节理解题。由第六段第一句可知C项正确。
5.B 推理判断题。根据倒数第二、三段可知作者之前只是停留在教学的形式上,而不知道
教育的真谛所在。从而得知作者之前不懂学生。故B项正确。
6.C 推理判断题。根据文章倒数第二、三、四段的内容可知当时学监诚恳地面对作者,又
耐心地指出作者的问题所在并提供解决办法。
Passage 60(2013重庆,A)
112 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
The morning had been a disaster.My tooth was aching,and I'd been in an argument
with a friend.Her words still hurt:“The trouble with you is that you won't put yourself in
my place.Can't you see things from my point of view?”I shook my head stubbornly—
and felt the ache in my tooth.I'd thought I could hold out till my dentist came back from
holiday,but the pain was really unbearable.I started calling the dentists in the phone
book,but no one could see me immediately.Finally,at about lunchtime,I got lucky.
“If you come by right now,”the receptionist said,“the dentist will fit you in.”
I took my purse and keys and rushed to my car.But suddenly I began to doubt about
the dentist.What kind of dentist would be so eager to treat someone at such short notice?
Why wasn't he as busy as the others?
In the dentist's office,I sat down and looked around.I saw nothing but the bare walls
and I became even more worried.The assistant noticed my nervousness and placed her
warm hand over my ice-cold one.
When I told her my fears,she laughed and said,“Don't worry.The dentist is very
good.”
“How long do I have to wait for him?”I asked impatiently.
“Come on,he is coming.Just lie down and relax.And enjoy the artwork,”the assistant
said.
“The artwork?”I was puzzled.
The chair went back.Suddenly I smiled.There was a beautiful picture,right where I
could enjoy it:on the ceiling.How considerate the dentist was!At that moment,I began to
understand what my friend meant by her words.
What a relief!
1.Which of the following best describes the author's feeling that morning?
A.Cheerful. B.Nervous. C.Satisfied. D.Upset.
2.What made the author begin to doubt about the dentist?
A.The dentist's agreeing to treat her at very short notice.
B.The dentist's being as busy as the other dentists.
C.The surroundings of the dentist's office.
D.The laughing assistant of the dentist.
3.Why did the author suddenly smile?
A.Because the dentist came at last.
B.Because she saw a picture on the ceiling.
C.Because she could relax in the chair.
D.Because the assistant kept comforting her.
4.What did the author learn from her experience most probably?
A.Strike while the iron is hot.
B.Have a good word for one's friend.
C.Put oneself in others' shoes.
D.A friend in need is a friend indeed.
答案
[语篇解读] 文章通过讲述“我”看牙医的一次经历,揭示了在解决问题时要学会换位思考
的道理。
1.D 推理判断题。第一段中讲到早上“我”不但和朋友发生了争吵而且牙齿疼痛难忍,由
113 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
这些描述可推断当时“我”很烦躁,故选D项。cheerful快活的,兴高采烈的,高兴的;nervous
紧张的;satisfied满意的;upset烦乱的,不高兴的。
2.A 细节理解题。根据第三段中“What kind of dentist would be so eager to treat
someone at such short notice?”可知选A项。
3.B 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中“Suddenly I smiled.There was a beautiful
picture,right where I could enjoy it:on the ceiling.”可知答案为B项。
4.C 推理判断题。牙医站在患者的角度在天花板上粘贴图画这一事件让“我”开始明白了
朋友所说的“The trouble with you is that you won't put yourself in my place.Can't you
see things from my point of view?”这一句话的内涵:换位思考,故选C项。A:趁热打铁;D:
患难见真情。
Passage 61(2013重庆,C)
Almost every machine with moving parts has wheels,yet no one knows exactly when
the first wheel was invented or what it was used for.We do know,however,that they
existed over 5,500 years ago in ancient Asia.
The oldest known transport wheel was discovered in 2002 in Slovenia.It is over 5,100
years old.Evidence suggests that wheels for transport didn't become popular for a
while,though.This could be because animals did a perfectly good job of carrying farming
tools and humans around.
But it could also be because of a difficult situation.While wheels need to roll on
smooth surfaces,roads with smooth surfaces weren't going to be constructed until there was
plenty of demand for them.Eventually,road surfaces did become smoother,but this difficult
situation appeared again a few centuries later.There had been no important changes in
wheel and vehicle design before the arrival of modern road design.
In the mid-1700s,a Frenchman came up with a new design of road— a base
layer(层)of large stones covered with a thin layer of smaller stones.A Scotsman improved
on this design in the 1820s and a strong,lasting road surface became a reality.At around
the same time,metal hubs(the central part of a wheel)came into being,followed by the
pneumatic tyre(充气轮胎) in 1846.Alloy wheels were invented in 1967,sixty years after the
appearance of tarmacked roads(柏油路).As wheel design took off,vehicles got faster and
faster.
1.What might explain why transport wheels didn't become popular for some time?
A.Few knew how to use transport wheels.
B.Humans carried farming tools just as well.
C.Animals were a good means of transport.
D.The existence of transport wheels was not known.
2.What do we know about road design from the passage?
A.It was easier than wheel design.
B.It improved after big changes in vehicle design.
C.It was promoted by fast-moving vehicles.
D.It provided conditions for wheel design to develop.
3.How is the last paragraph mainly developed?
A.By giving examples.
B.By making comparisons.
C.By following time order.
114 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
D.By making classifications.
4.What is the passage mainly about?
A.The beginning of road design.
B.The development of transport wheels.
C.The history of public transport.
D.The invention of fast-moving vehicles.
答案
[语篇解读] 本文为说明文,题材为社会生活类,主要介绍了车轮的历史演变。
1.C 细节理解题。根据第二段中最后一句话可知大概由于动物当时能很好地运输农具和人,
车轮在一段时间内并不流行,故选C项。
2.D 推理判断题。第三段最后一句话提到在现代道路设计出现之前,车轮及车辆设计没有
发生重大的变化,第四段中又提到在坚固和耐用的路面出现之后不久充气轮胎就诞生了。由
此可推断路况的改善是车轮设计发展的先决条件,故选D项。
3.C 推理判断题。根据In the mid-1700s,in the 1820s,At around the same time,followed
by...in 1846,in 1967,sixty years after可知最后一段主要以时间顺序展开写作,故选C项。
4.B 主旨要义题。文章第一段介绍了车轮的诞生,接下来介绍了车轮的发展,故选B项。
Passage 62(2012课标全国,C) 题材:社会生活
About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film-
studio(影棚)to take part in a crowd-scene.Although our“act”would last only for a short
time,we could see quite a number of interesting things.
We all stood at the far end of the studio as workmen prepared the scene,setting up
trees at the edge of a winding path.Very soon,bright lights were turned on and the big
movie-camera was wheeled into position.The director shouted something to the camera
operator and then went to speak to the two famous actors nearby.Since it was hot in the
studio,it came as a surprise to us to see one of the actors put on a heavy overcoat and
start walking along the path.A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on
him,and soon the trees were covered in“snow”.Two more fans were turned on,and
a“strong wind”blew through the trees.The picture looked so real that it made us feel
cold.
The next scene was a complete contrast(对比).The way it was filmed was quite
unusual.Pictures taken on an island in the Pacific were shown on a glass screen.An actor
and actress stood in front of the scene so that they looked as if they were at the water's
edge on an island.By a simple trick like this,palm trees,sandy beaches,and blue,clear skies
had been brought into the studio!
Since it was our turn next,we were left wondering what scene would be prepared for
us.For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of being
film“stars”!
1.Who is the author?
A.A cameraman.
B.A film director.
C.A crowd-scene actor.
D.A workman for scene setting.
2.What made the author feel cold?
A.The heavy snowfall. B.The man-made scene.
115 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
C.The low temperature. D.The film being shown.
3.What would happen in the“three minutes”mentioned in the last paragraph?
A.A new scene would be filmed.
B.More stars would act in the film.
C.The author would leave the studio.
D.The next scene would be prepared.
答案
[语篇解读] 作者和其他19个人有幸作为群众演员参加电影拍摄,文章记叙了作者的所见所
闻。
1.C 细节理解题。根据第一段第一句话可知,作者和其他19个人是群众演员。
2.B 推理判断题。根据第二段的描述可知,为了拍摄设置了一些人造的场景,这些场景非常
逼真,由本段最后一句话可以得出使作者感到很冷的是这些人造场景。
3.A 推理判断题。第二段和第三段分别叙述了两个不同的场景,最后一段提到现在轮到作
者他们了,由此可知,一个新的场景即将开始拍摄。
长难句 1.About twenty of us had been fortunate enough to receive invitations to a film?
studio to take part in a crowd?scene.我们大约二十个人很幸运地受到了邀请到一个电影摄
影棚去参加一个群众演员场景的拍摄。
本句含有enough...to do的结构,表示“足够的……,以至于……”的含义;动词不定式to
receive invitations to a film?studio 表结果,而另外的一个动词不定式 to take part in a
crowd?scene表目的。
2.A big fan began blowing tiny white feathers down on him,and soon the trees were
covered in“snow”.Two more fans were turned on,and a“strong wind”blew through the
trees.一台大风扇从他上面吹出细小的白色羽毛,不久,这些树就被“雪”所覆盖;另外的两个
风扇也被打开,一阵强烈的风吹过这些树。
两个and都连接并列句,表示时间上的承接关系;这两句话形象地描绘了拍电影时“人造
场景”的过程。
3.For a full three minutes in our lives we would be experiencing the excitement of
being film“stars”!在接下来的三分钟的时间里,我们将会体验到成为电影明星的兴奋。
谓语would be experiencing采用了过去将来进行时态的用法,表示“按照计划在将来的
某个时间点或时间段正在发生的动作”。
4.We all stood at the far end of the studio as workmen prepared the scene,setting up
trees at the edge of a winding path.当工作人员在准备场景,在弯曲的小路边栽树时,我们都
站在远处。
as workmen prepared the scene是一个时间状语从句,as相当于when;setting up trees at
the edge of a winding path是现在分词短语作伴随状语,补充说明workmen的行为。
5.An actor and actress stood in front of the scene so that they looked as if they
were at the water's edge on an island.一个男演员和女演员站在场景的前面,这样他们看起
来就像站在一个小岛的海岸上。
as if引导的从句常常采用虚拟语气。当从句与现在事实相反时,从句一般用过去时,be
的过去式通常用were;当从句与过去事实相反时,从句一般用过去完成时。
— 三年模拟 —
A组 考点基础题组
Passage 1(2021安徽合肥3月第二次质检,A)
116 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
CVCC's High School Program
Career-technical programs at Cuyahoga Valley Career Center allow students flexible
career paths with advanced academics to prepare them for college and the workforce.
Electrical Systems
Each student is provided with trade-related classroom training that produces
competency and pride that lead to true craftsmanship. Learn how to use many of the
latest tools and technologies with hands-on training in our fully equipped lab.The
program's diversified coursework gives students a strong foundation in installation and
repair of electrical systems, in addition to receiving skill training, working and earning a
paycheck on the job.
Engineering Technology
You'll learn engineering concepts and technology such as applied logic, digital
electronics,computer-aided design, robotics and computer-integrated manufacturing.The
project-based approach lets you apply your skill to real situations.In practice, you'll pick
your own real-world problems to solve and graduate ready for a college engineering
program.
Sports Medicine Exercise Science
This science-based program combines lectures, hands-on labs and critical thinking
activities with all of the latest fitness technology. Students have the unique opportunity to
learn in exercise and sports environments alongside exercise and sports professionals using
advanced medical techniques to prevent and heal injuries. Upon completion of the
program, students may earn college credits at various Ohio universities. Applicants must
have a minimum 3.0 GPA and“C” or better in Biology.
Education Professions
Education Professions introduces college-minded students to the field of education.This
foundational course benefits all education majors regardless of specialties. Observation and
field experiences provide the first-hand experience you need to decide if a career in
education is for you. Admission is with high school counselor (顾问) recommendations
only.
1.Which program offers students pay?
A.Electrical Systems.
B.Engineering Technology.
C.Sports Medicine Exercise Science.
D.Education Professions.
2.What is special about Sports Medicine Exercise Science?
A.It is targeted at college students in Ohio.
B.It is aimed at training professional athletes.
C.It only admits applicants with recommendations.
D.It has academic requirements for applicants.
3.What can we infer about the programs mentioned in the text?
A.They are science-related.
B.They are technology-centered.
C.They stress practical training.
D.They guarantee admission to college.
117 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
答案
1.A
2.D
3.C
Passage 2(2021安徽池州一模,D)
Now we are in a “golden age” of space-sample collection and exploration. Space
agencies around the world are busy collecting, or planning to collect, samples from
asteroids(小行星), moons and planets and so on.
China's Chang'e-5 mission is the most recent sample-return mission that has been
successfully completed. On Dec. 17, 2020, the Chang'e-5 lunar probe (探测器) returned
home and landed in the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region after weeks of space travel,
China Daily reported. This was the world's first lunar sample-return mission since
1976.The mission collected 1,713 grams of samples of rocks and dust with the help of a
drill and a mechanical (机械的) arm.
Another space sample-return mission was completed on Dec. 6, 2020. Japan's
Hayabusa-2 probe returned a capsule to Earth containing valuable samples from the
asteroid Ryugu. This was the second time asteroid samples had ever been collected and
brought back to Earth. The first asteroid samples were collected by the original Hayabusa
spacecraft back in 2010.
There will be more such missions in the near future. NASA's OSIRIS-REx spacecraft,
which collected samples from the asteroid Bennu in October 2020, is expected to return
to Earth in 2023.Russia's Lunar-25 mission is scheduled to launch to the moon in 2021 to
collect lunar samples.
“I cannot emphasize enough how valuable return samples are for increasing our
understanding of the origin and evolution of our solar system and our place in the
universe, and how we came to be,”said Ann Nguyen, a NASA planetary scientist.
As for the Chang'e-5 lunar samples, scientists will conduct various analyses, tests and
experiments to determine the composition, structure and physical characteristics of the
samples. This information will help to deepen our knowledge about the history of the
moon, as well as our solar system as a whole.
1.What do we know about the Chang'e-5 lunar probe?
A.It was launched on Dec. 17, 2020.
B.It completed the most successful mission.
C.It collected the world's first lunar sample.
D.It brought back more than 1,700 grams of lunar samples.
2.What does the author focus on in Paragraphs 3 and 4?
A.Providing examples. B.Explaining a concept.
C.Drawing comparisons. D.Making a summary.
3.Why do we collect samples from space according to Ann Nguyen?
A.To learn more about how the solar system originates and evolves.
B.To determine the structure of the solar system.
C.To deepen our knowledge about our place on Earth.
D.To understand how water first appeared on the moon.
118 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
4.Which can be a suitable title for the text?
A.A “golden age” comes
B.Man explores space
C.Space samples land
D.Scientists analyse samples
答案
1.D
2.A
3.A
4.C
Passage 3(2021贵州天之王教育三模,D)
Scientists have discovered what may be the oldest fossils of a green plant ever found
in rocks from northern China. The plant is thought to be a piece of seaweed growing on
Earth's ocean floor about 1 billion years ago. That would make this seaweed an ancestor
of all green plants alive today.
The seaweed is a form of green algae called Proterocladus antiquus. It was very
small, about the size of a single piece of rice. Researchers say the plant was connected to
the ocean floor with a root-like structure. At the time, the plant was one of the largest
life forms in the sea. It contained mostly bacteria and other micro-organisms. Proterocladus
was able to perform photosynthesis, taking energy from the sun to produce life-supporting
carbon and oxygen. The plant also provided food and shelter for many different kinds of
sea life.
The fossils represent the oldest green seaweed ever found. The next oldest fossil of
green seaweed was found in rock thought to be about 800 million years old.
The scientists say the seaweed once lived in an ocean that was not very deep. Once
the plants died, they became “cooked”under thick sediment. It created fossils in the
shape of the seaweed. Many millions of years later, the dirt was lifted out of the ocean.
Then it became the dry land where the examples were collected.
The first land plants, believed to be ancestors of green seaweeds, did not appear until
about 450 million years ago. The Virginia Tech researchers believe that land plants—
including trees, grasses, food crops and others—all developed from green seaweeds that
lived in the ocean. Then, over millions of years, the seaweed plants moved out of the
water and adapted to life on land.
1.What was Proterocladus' influence on sea life?
A.It enlarged the chain of food.
B.It increased the amount of oxygen.
C.It protected sea life from being hurt.
D.It supplied sea life with food and habitat.
2.How does the fourth paragraph develop?
A.By showing the seaweed's living conditions.
B.By telling us how fossils formed.
C.By introducing the history of seaweed.
D.By analyzing the process of land changes.
3.What's the best title for the text?
119 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
A.The Oldest Fossils Were Found in Rocks in China
B.Scientists Discover Earth's Oldest Green Plant Fossil in China
C.The Evolution of the Seaweed Delighted Scientists in China
D.The Discovery of the Oldest Green Plant Fossil Shocks the Public
答案
1.D
2.B
3.B
Passage 4(2021广西柳州三模,B)
Tommy, a 26-year-old chimp(黑猩猩), lives in a small cage in a used truck sales lot
in New York. Retired from movie work and whatever else once occupied him, he has no
chimp friends to keep him company—just a TV. He is worlds away from the rainforest of
Western Africa, where chimps spend most of their lives in trees, hunting, and socializing
together.
His owner hasn't broken any laws, but an animal rights group called the Nonhuman
Rights Project(NhRP) is trying to change the view. The group says chimps have such
humanlike intelligence that they should be recognized as “legal persons”and be placed
in an animal shelter and wander free.
You've probably heard the term “animal rights”, but animals don't actually have
rights in many countries. Animal welfare laws punish people who mistreat animals, but
that's not the same as chimps having a right to liberty or anything else.
NhRP's first step is to ask a judge to end people's unjust arrest on behalf of Tommy
and other privately owned chimps. If the court decides to recognize chimps as legal
persons, NhRP's next step will be arguing for what rights the chimps should be granted.
“The right that we believe they should have most of all is the right to bodily liberty,”
says Wise, a NhRP group member. “They should be able to choose how to live their
lives.”
Tommy's owner, Pat Lavery, says he rescued Tommy from a careless owner about a
decade ago and denies the chimp is mistreated or unhappy. “ He likes being by
himself,” he says.
“There's a danger in making a jump to say they're just like people,” says Richard
Cupp, a professor who writes about animals and the law. “If we're really focused on
chimps being very, very smart, then who knows if maybe someday we might... say,‘Hey,
here's a particular human being that's not very smart at all; maybe the chimps have higher
status than this person.’”
1.What can we know about Tommy?
A.He is living a very lonely life.
B.He dislikes living in the rainforest.
C.He likes watching movies very much.
D.He was illegally bought by Pat Lavery.
2.What can we infer from the text?
A.Great progress has been made in improving animal rights.
B.Pat Lavery is thought to mistreat Tommy by NhRP.
C.Animal rights are going from bad to worse.
120 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
D.Animal rights have been admitted in western countries.
3.What's the final goal NhRP wants to achieve?
A.To ensure chimps' bodily safety.
B.To stop illegal hunting for chimps.
C.To help chimps find their families.
D.To help chimps enjoy their freedom.
4.What's Richard Cupp's attitude towards NhRP's efforts to win rights for chimps?
A.Hopeful. B.Uncaring.
C.Worried. D.Supportive.
答案
1.A
2.B
3.D
4.C
Passage 5(2020河南开封二模,D)
Cattle manure(粪肥) has become one of the world's greatest environmental killers, but
one Dutch artist is using chemistry to turn it into something that is both eco-friendly and
valuable.
In recent years, scientists around the world have made great progress in their attempts
to recycle cattle manure, including turning it into natural fertilizer, but Eindhoven designer
Jalila Essaidi didn't think they were efficient enough to solve the global manure problem.
So she started on her very own solution, one that approached animal waste as a valuable
material that could be processed into useful products.
She started by separating the waste, with the dry manure used to get pure
cellulose(纤维素)from the grass that cows eat. From the wet manure, she got acids used
to create a natural liquid plastic which was used to make fibers that were later turned
into fabric(material used for making clothes).
This new material was named Mestic, from mest, the Dutch word for manure. Essaidi
claims that it has the same function as plastic from fossil fuels, but is biodegradable(可生
物降解的). Better yet, the degradability can be dealt with in the lab, making it possible to
create materials that last for different periods of time depending on their purpose. “This
is not the first time that scientists have been looking for ways to solve the manure
problem, but it is the first time that manure is being considered as a valuable
resource,”the Dutch designer said.
Last year, Jalila Essaidi partnered the city of Eindhoven to produce a fashion show
using Mestic-based fabrics. Her Mestic collection was so impressive that clothing giant H
& M awarded her the Global Change Award and a $1 million prize. And cow manure is
just the beginning of Jalila Essaidi's experiments with animal waste. “After cows, we'll
deal with pigs and other animals,” she said.
1.Why has the author written the text?
A.To suggest practical ways to deal with cattle manure.
B.To advertise for some clothes made by a Dutch company.
C.To introduce a designer who turns cattle manure into clothing.
D.To persuade people to purchase products made from manure.
121 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
2.Which is the correct order of making Mestic-based clothing?
A.acids→liquid plastic→manure→fabric→fibers→clothing
B.manure→acids→liquid plastic→fibers→fabric→clothing
C.liquid plastic→manure→fabric→fibers→acids→clothing
D.fibers→manure→acids→fabric→liquid plastic→clothing
3.What do we know about Mestic?
A.Its smell is rather terrible.
B.It is made from fossil fuels.
C.Its name has a Dutch origin.
D.It can only be made in the lab.
4.What do Jalila Essaidi's words in the last paragraph mean?
A.Something more needs to be done about cow manure.
B.She will switch to other animals' waste in the future.
C.What experiments to do next really puzzles her.
D.The future of fashionable clothing is optimistic.
答案
1.C
2.B
3.C
4.B
Passage 6(2020山西运城一模,B)
During Amsterdam's chaotic rush hour, nine-year-old Lotta Crok cycles to a very busy
junction. “Look,” she says, “there's traffic coming from everywhere. Four trams from
four different directions.For a child on a bike, that's really confusing!”
Lotta is the first junior cycle mayor in the world and her working area is the Dutch
capital. You would think this challenge would be superfluous in a city known as the
bicycle capital of the world. The number of bicycles in Amsterdam is estimated at
881,000—more than the city's 850,000 inhabitants—and 63% of the population cycle daily.
But children who cycle in Amsterdam face challenges. Lotta says,“The three biggest
problems for us are cars, cycling tourists and scooters (小型摩托). The cars take up too
much space, the tourists are always swinging side to side and stop when you least expect
it, and the scooters simply run you over.”
Lotta became junior cycle mayor in June last year when she won a contest in which
schoolchildren were asked to come up with plans to make cycling safer and more fun.
Her idea was to add children's bikes to the popular bike-share programme.
Since Lotta was appointed junior cycle mayor, she has been busy, giving interviews,
opening cycling contests in the city and being a jury member during the Amsterdam Light
Parade, an event in which Amsterdammers decorate their bikes with lights.
She is now planning a meeting with the city's mayor to discuss ideas that children
have come up with:“One of our proposals is a bicycle park where children can learn
how to cycle. Right now, most of us learn it in the street, which can be quite busy.
Another idea is to create an app for tourists to teach them the rules of cycling, because
most of them really don't know.”
Following the success of the Amsterdam scheme, cycle mayors around the world are
122 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
now planning to appoint junior colleagues. “They see it works really well,” Boerma, the
senior major, says. “I talk to the parents. Lotta talks to the children. And if you look at
the city through the eyes of a child, you will also make it accessible for others. A city
that's good for an eight-year-old is also good for an 88-year-old.”
1.Which word can best replace the underlined word “superfluous”in Paragraph 2?
A.Important. B.Difficult.
C.Unnecessary. D.Valuable.
2.Why was a junior cycle mayor appointed in Amsterdam?
A.To teach children how to ride.
B.To ensure cycling is safer for children.
C.To give suggestions to the city's mayor on how to run the city.
D.To organize the cycling contests in the city.
3.What has Lotta done since she became the bike mayor?
A.She has solved the three biggest problems for children cycling in Amsterdam.
B.She has won a cycling contest.
C.She has given interviews and been a jury member during a parade.
D.She has given proposals to the city mayor.
4.What's Boerma's attitude to the junior cycle mayor?
A.Cautious. B.Favorable.
C.Ambiguous. D.Disapproving.
答案
1.C
2.B
3.C
4.B
Passage 7(2020河南开封二模,B)
The bus stops in the Dutch city of Utrecht are as beautiful as they are practical.
Now, 316 bus stops feature a green roof that adds some life to the city, while also
storing rainwater, catching dust,and providing some much needed shade during the warmer
months. This project is good for the honeybee population that is attracted to the plants on
the roof. To keep up this successful ecosystem, municipal (市政的) workers drive around
in electric cars, taking care of the mini gardens.
Another one of the biggest benefits to come out of these green stops is the improved
air quality. Smoking, cars, and bacteria all contribute to polluting the air we breathe.
These eco-friendly public spaces act as an air purifier(净化器) for city people, though
humans aren't the only group that benefit from them.
Utrecht has also made great efforts towards moving their transportation system away
from gas-guzzling(高耗油的) buses. The city replaced 10 gas-guzzling buses with electric
powered buses and plans to have only CO inactive buses on the road by 2028.
2
The buses have a system that records the driver's efficiency and rider's comfort
levels. Drivers can win prizes based on how safe and comfortable the ride is. The city is
also one of the most bicycle-friendly places in the world. Roads have been redesigned for
cyclists' convenience and there is a new state-of-the-art bicycle parking area that is located
123 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
beneath Utrecht's central train station.
Utrecht offers incentives(鼓励) to keep citizens energized and motivated to live
greener lives. There're even incentives for people to transform their roofs into green roofs
too. Achieving the goals of an eco-friendlier city takes cooperation and Utrecht is leading
the way to protect our environment.
1.What is special about the bus stops in Utrecht?
A.They are eco-friendly.
B.They can save a lot of energy.
C.They are artificially-intelligent.
D.They can provide electric power for buses.
2.What can we infer about the changes to the transportation system in Utrecht?
A.Not all buses are gas-guzzling at present.
B.Gas-guzzling cars have been completely replaced.
C.Only electric private cars are allowed on the roads.
D.Buses have air purifiers fixed on them.
3.What might passengers comment on the bus service in Utrecht?
A.Buses are always too crowded.
B.Buses are often behind schedule.
C.Buses are too big for redesigned roads.
D.Buses are generally comfortable and safe.
4.What are people living in Utrecht encouraged to do?
A.Give up smoking.
B.Create gardens on their roofs.
C.Paint their roofs green.
D.Consume more honey.
答案
1.A
2.A
3.D
4.B
Passage 8(2020东北三省三校一模,C)
Maybe you pop vitamins supporting brainpower, or stock up on these foods that
boost brain health. But new guidelines from the American Academy of Neurology suggest
there's something better you can do to keep your mind sharp.
A quarter of adults aged 80 to 84 experience mild cognitive (认知的) impairment,
according to AAN. To address the widespread problem, a group of neurologists and
Alzheimer's (阿尔茨海默病)specialists went through existing studies to define the best
ways to prevent and treat cognitive decline—and you might be surprised by what they
included and what they didn't.
Surprisingly, the AAN guidelines don't include any medication (药物) or dietary
recommendations. The authors stress that there haven't been any high-quality, long-term
studies finding foods or medication can help cognitive decline. The guidelines also say
doctors can consider suggesting cognitive training to patients with memory loss. So far,
the report authors say the evidence is too inconclusive to say for sure if brain exercises,
124 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
like memory and attention training or problem-solving for everyday issues associated with
memory loss, are beneficial. Still, these morning brain exercises can't do any harm.
But there was one big discovery from the new guidelines: Exercising just twice a
week could improve cognitive decline. One study showed adults with mild cognitive
impairment who did resistance training twice a week scored better in executive function
and associative (联想的) memory tests than a group that worked on balancing, stretching
and relaxing.
What's more, another study had older adults attend either biweekly health classes or
sessions of aerobics, strength training, balance exercises, and multitasking training. Six
months later, the ones who'd exercised regularly scored better in cognitive health and
memory tests, plus had less brain shrinkage.
AAN now recommends doctors tell patients with memory loss to exercise twice a
week to keep their minds sharp. This is the best time to exercise if you want to improve
your memory. It looks like you've got just one more reason to clear time in your
schedule for a workout—even if it's only on the weekends.
1.What does the underlined word “impairment” in Paragraph 2 refer to?
A.Error. B.Decline.
C.Development. D.Presence.
2.AAN may be uncertain about .
A.strength training
B.resistance training
C.exercises twice a week
D.morning brain exercises
3.Which of the following may the author agree with?
A.Daily exercises are beneficial to Alzheimer's.
B.The AAN guidelines attach importance to workouts.
C.Medication is of significance in the AAN guidelines.
D.Stocking up on vitamins supporting brainpower means nothing.
4.In which section of a newspaper may this text appear?
A.Exercise. B.Entertainment.
C.Science. D.Health.
答案
1.B
2.D
3.B
4.D
B组 综合应用题组
Passage 1(2021贵州3月适应性测试,C)
Electric vehicles are close to the“turning point”of rapid mass adoption thanks to
the decreasing costs of batteries, experts say.
Global sales of electric vehicles rose 43% in 2020, but even faster growth is
expected when continuing falls in battery prices result in the price of electric cars under
the same petrol and diesel(柴油)models, which may happen between 2023 and 2025.
125 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
According to a study by Prof. Tim Lenton, at the University of Exeter, the turning point
has already been passed in Norway, where tax breaks (税收减免)mean electric cars are
cheaper and the market share of battery-powered cars increased to 54% in 2020 in
Norway, compared with less than 5% in most European nations.
The falls in battery prices in the last decade have been dramatic and faster than
predicted thanks to a massive production and cuts in costs, such as reducing the amount
of expensive cobalt(钴)required. BloombergNEF's analysis predicts lithium-ion(锂离子)
battery costs will fall so sharply that electric cars can match the price of petrol and diesel
cars by 2023. McKinsey's Global Energy Perspective 2021, published on 15 January,
forecasts that “electric vehicles are likely to become the most economic choice in the
next five years worldwide”.
Electric cars, vital in efforts to fight climate crisis, are quieter and start to go faster,
so people do not want to return to a petrol or diesel vehicle once they have one. A
survey of 2,000 electric car owners found 91% said they did not want to go back.
“The survey shows the strong and lasting impact of switching to a clean car. The
evidence in favour of electric vehicles grows more convincing even in a year as
destructive as 2020,” said Melanie Shufflebotham, at Zap-Map, which maps charging
points.
1.What leads to the growing sales of electric vehicles?
A.The rise in petrol prices.
B.The desire for a lower tax.
C.The drop in battery costs.
D.The need for a cleaner life.
2.What can we infer from Paragraph 2?
A.Policies in Norway support electric vehicles.
B.Economy in Norway outgrows other nations.
C.The market share of electric vehicles will decline.
D.The tax breaks in Europe will continue to increase.
3.How will electric vehicles equal fuel vehicles in price?
A.By increasing the demand for cobalt.
B.By boosting the sales of electric cars.
C.By reducing the production of batteries.
D.By cutting the costs of lithium-ion batteries.
4.What is the attitude of people surveyed towards electric cars?
A.Tolerant. B.Positive.
C.Unwilling. D.Opposed.
答案
1.C
2.A
3.D
4.B
Passage 2(2021河南九师联盟四月联考,C)
Marcus Eriksen was studying plastic pollution when he met camel expert Ulrich
126 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Wernery. They went deep into the desert and spotted a camel skeleton(骨架). Eriksen was
not prepared for what he saw in the desert. “I was just appalled,” he said. “Inside the
camel's body was a mass as big as a medium-sized suitcase, all plastic bags.”
Wernery is a scientist working in a research lab in Dubai. Since 2008, Wernery's
team has examined 30,000 dead camels. Of these, 300 had guts(胃)packed with plastic. As
camels wander in the desert, they eat plastic bags and other trash that drift into trees or
pile up along roadsides. “To a camel, if it's not sand, it's food,”explains Eriksen.
Tightly packed masses of indigestible things can build up in the gut of people or
animals. Scientists call them bezoars. Normally, these are made of vegetable fibers or hair.
Wernery and Eriksen call those found in the camels “polybezoars”. It points to their
origin:plastic polymers.
A bezoar can be dangerous. As it fills the stomach, an animal may stop eating. No
longer feeling hungry, they might starve to death. Plastic can also release harmful
chemicals. The polybezoars may even carry bacteria that can poison camels.
In a new study, Eriksen and Wernery report data suggesting that each year these
polybezoars are killing off around 1 in every 100 camels. Of five camel bezoars analyzed
for this study, the plastic content ranged from 3 to 64 kilograms. “ If 1 percent
mortality(死亡率)due to plastic is confirmed by future and more detailed studies, then
plastic pollution will certainly represent a reason of concern for camels,” says Luca
Nizzetto, an environmental scientist. Such studies are important, he says, because they
“raise social awareness of this pollution”.
Banning plastic bags and single-use plastics is crucial for protecting camels and other
wildlife, Eriksen says. “Plastic bags are escape artists. They blow out of garbage cans,
out of landfills and out of people's hands.” What's more, he adds, “They travel
hundreds of miles.”
1.What does the underlined word “appalled” in Paragraph 1 most probably mean?
A.Ashamed. B.Shocked.
C.Confused. D.Annoyed.
2.Why do camels eat plastics according to Eriksen?
A.They mistake them for food.
B.They have to survive on them.
C.They find them very delicious.
D.They are surrounded by them.
3.What can be known about “polybezoars”?
A.They make camels feel hungry.
B.They consist of vegetable fibers.
C.They are rare poisonous bacteria.
D.They are hard to digest for camels.
4.What does Luca Nizzetto think of camel-plastic studies?
A.They can certainly lead to the ban on plastics.
B.They can educate people on plastic pollution.
C.They are quite simple but offer enough details.
D.They are very convincing but less inspirational.
答案
127 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
1.B
2.A
3.D
4.B
Passage 3(2021河南六市一联,C)
Masks that helped save lives during the coronavirus pandemic(流行病) are proving a
deadly danger for wildlife, with birds and marine creatures trapped in the incredible
number of abandoned facial coverings littering animal habitats.
Single-use surgical masks have been found thrown around pavements, waterways and
beaches worldwide since countries began demanding their use in public places to slow the
pandemic's spread. Macaques(猕猴) have been spotted chewing the straps(带子) off old and
deserted masks in Malaysia, a potential choking danger for the little monkeys. And in an
incident that captured the headlines in Britain, a gull(海鸥) was rescued in the city of
Chelmsford after its legs became tangled(缠结)in the straps of a disposable mask for up
to a week. The animal welfare charity was alerted after the bird was spotted motionless
but still alive, and they took it to a wildlife hospital for treatment before its release.
The biggest impact may be in the water. More than 1.5 billion masks made their
way into the world's oceans last year, accounting for around 6,200 extra tons of marine
plastic pollution, according to environmental group OceansAsia. Already there are signs
that masks are worsening threats to marine life. Conservationists in Brazil found one
inside the stomach of a penguin after its body was washed up on a beach, while a dead
pufferfish(河豚) was discovered caught inside another off the coast of Miami.
Masks and gloves are “ particularly problematic” for sea creatures,says George
Leonard,chief scientist from U.S.-based NGO Ocean Conservancy. “When it takes those
plastics hundreds of years to break down in the environment, they form smaller and
smaller particles,” he added. “Those particles then enter the food chain and impact
entire ecosystems.”
Fortunately, there has been a shift towards greater use of reusable cloth masks as the
pandemic has worn on,but many are still choosing the lighter single-use varieties.
Campaigners have urged people to throw them away properly and remove the straps to
reduce the risk of animals becoming trapped. OceansAsia has also called on governments
to increase fines for littering and encourage the use of washable masks.
1.What role do masks play during the coronavirus pandemic?
A.They keep people free of the pandemic.
B.They make people look more mysterious.
C.They help reduce the speed of the pandemic's spread.
D.They are of great help to wildlife.
2.The author uses the examples of macaques and a gull to show that .
A.the animals lack enough food
B.they enjoy playing with the straps
C.the deserted masks put them in danger
D.it's time for people to protect the animals
3.What does the underlined part “particularly problematic” in Para. 4 mean by George
Leonard?
128 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
A.Marine creatures are in trouble.
B.Masks and gloves will finally threaten the whole ecosystems.
C.The plastics are easy to break down.
D.The particles masks and gloves form are smaller and smaller.
4.The passage is mainly about .
A.animal protection
B.marine plastic pollution
C.how to reduce the risk of abandoned masks
D.the deserted masks endangering wildlife
答案
1.C
2.C
3.B
4.D
Passage 4(2021黑龙江哈尔滨九中二模,C)
Disease-carrying mosquitoes can spread diseases without affecting themselves. Nearly
700 million people get a mosquito-borne illness each year, which results in over one
million deaths. Humans experience continuous pressures from disease-carrying mosquitoes
in many parts of the world, so we have to find ways to fight against those insects
because they keep getting scarier.
Even though DEET remains the most commonly used, and most powerful, mosquito
repellent (驱虫剂) ever developed, scientists are actively pursuing effective products based
entirely on plant oils. While DEET is an effective contact repellent, many people dislike
the oily feel and smell on their skin, and sometimes some people are sensitive to it.
Consumers are always interested in alternatives to DEET and other synthetic (合成的)
repellents, so there are numerous natural repellents on the market.
In my lab at Iowa State University, my team and I have been conducting research on
natural products as possible insect repellents for the past 20 years. In the past few years,
three of my Ph.D.students have contributed greatly to our research by designing,
synthesizing, purifying, characterizing and testing more than 300 closely related chemicals
coming from the best of natural repellents like citronellol, menthol and thymol.
These students have successfully tested these repellents against three species of
dangerous mosquitoes. The first group of the new repellents act through the air. These
chemicals have a vapor action that provides protection. These are potentially most useful
in backyards, parks, houses, barracks and horse barns. The other group of the new
repellents are the classic ones that stop insects from standing on a treated surface, such as
human skin, clothing or tents;some researchers have conducted testing on some humans to
confirm the effectiveness and identify the very best ones.
The new repellents were designed and made from the natural materials in plant
essential oils. They maintain many of the advantages of the natural repellents:They are
fully biodegradable (可生物降解的),with no ecological concerns or environmental wastes,
and generally considered safe like the thousands of types of plant essential oils used in
the flavor and perfume industries. However, thorough testing will be conducted to
determine if they are truly non-poisonous because there is still no enough evidence.
129 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
1.What does the author mainly want to show in Paragraph 1?
A.The way mosquitoes spread disease.
B.The high death rate of mosquito-borne illness.
C.The difficulty of fighting disease-carrying mosquitoes.
D.The urgency of finding tools to fight against mosquitoes.
2.What is a disadvantage of DEET?
A.It causes discomfort to the users.
B.It greatly harms people's health.
C.It can't be applied universally.
D.It won't be effective for long.
3.What can we learn about the second group of the new repellents?
A.They can kill mosquitoes indirectly.
B.They are mainly used in the open air.
C.They are more effective on human skin.
D.They can prevent mosquitoes from contacting users.
4.What's the author's attitude to the new repellents?
A.Disapproving. B.Negative.
C.Objective. D.Subjective.
答案
1.D
2.A
3.D
4.C
Passage 5(2020陕西汉中重点中学联考I,A )
The Master Gardener Foundation
Aim
The Master Gardener Foundation provides free information to the public on
environmentally safe gardening practices and water conservation. The information is
research-based and encourages limited use of farm chemicals and fertilizers.
Donation Activities
The master gardeners here did much donation work. They donated over 35,000
volunteer hours, serving 40, 000 adults and more than 5, 200 children. They did this
through about 35 plant clinics, 6 demonstration gardens, 4 youth gardens, as well as a
classroom program and dozens of workshops. The Master Gardener Foundation provides
roughly two-thirds of the financial support for all these valuable activities.
Washington State University currently provides the salary and benefits of the Master
Gardener Program. The foundation funds office space and supplies, as well as a part-time
program assistant.
The Master Gardener Program
Safe and green gardening and water use practices are vital to preserving our
environment.The Master Gardener Program seeks to provide this kind of education and
information for the citizens for free. It is a highly successful example of cooperation
between a foundation and volunteers.
Waiting for Your Donations
130 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
The Master Gardener Foundation is a non-profit organization, and all donations are
allowed by law and support the Master Gardener Program and activities.
Please consider a donation to the Master Gardener Foundation and help keep our
environment green!
1.What does the underlined word “this” in Paragraph 2 refer to?
A.Science research.
B.Adopting children.
C.Donation work.
D.Sparing volunteer hours.
2.What do we know about the Master Gardener Program?
A.It's very expensive.
B.It proves to be unsuccessful.
C.It provides education just in producing farm chemicals.
D.It's a bridge between the foundation and volunteers.
3.What is the main purpose of the text?
A.To encourage donations.
B.To describe volunteer work.
C.To spread the agricultural knowledge.
D.To give some suggestions to gardeners.
答案
1.C
2.D
3.A
Passage 6 (2020新疆乌鲁木齐二模, C)
Chinese researchers have developed a robot designed to help doctors treat the new
coronavirus(新冠病毒)and other highly contagious diseases.
The robot can perform some of the same medical examination tasks as doctors. For
example, the device can perform ultrasounds, collect fluid samples from a person's mouth
and listen to sounds made by a patient's organs. Cameras record the robot's activities,
which are controlled remotely so doctors can avoid coming into close contact with
infected patients. Doctors and other medical workers can operate the machine from a
nearby room, or from much farther away.
The robot's main designer is Zheng Gangtie, an engineer and professor at China's
Tsinghua University in Beijing. “Doctors are all very brave,”Zheng said. “But this
virus is just too contagious...We can use robots to perform the most dangerous tasks.”
Zheng said a friend of his, head of Beijing's Tsinghua Changgung Hospital, told him that
one of the biggest problems in dealing with COVID-19 was that health care workers
treating patients were getting infected themselves. Zheng said he wanted to do something
to help this situation. So the engineer gathered a team and went to work on the robotic
device. Zheng said the team was able to convert two robotic arms. The devices use the
same technology that is used for space equipment, including moon explorers. The new
robot is almost completely automated, Zheng said. It can even disinfect itself after
performing actions involving patient contact. However, Zheng said he had heard from
some doctors that it would be better not to build such robots to be fully automatic. This
131 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
is because many patients still desire a personal presence to help calm them during
treatment.
The team currently has two robots and both have been tested by doctors at hospitals
in Beijing. One machine was taken to Wuhan's Union Hospital, where doctors were being
trained to use it. The plan is to use the robot to help treat coronavirus patients, along
with assistance from nurses and other hospital workers.
Zheng would like to build more of the robots, but said money from the university
has run out. He said he does not plan to commercialize the design, but hopes that a
company can begin that process.
1.What can we learn from Paragraph 2?
A.The robot can record doctors' activities.
B.The robot can carry out actions automatically.
C.The robot can assist doctors to examine patients.
D.The robot can collect samples of patients' organs.
2.The underlined word “disinfect” in Paragraph 3 is the closest in meaning to .
A.affect B.clean C.update D.fix
3.What can we infer about the robot according to Zheng Gangtie?
A.It is very costly to make.
B.It is highly recognized by doctors.
C.It can be purchased in the market soon.
D.It can also be used in moon exploration.
4.What is the main purpose of the text?
A.To introduce a new type of medical robot.
B.To provide guidance on treating COVID-19.
C.To describe the current condition of COVID-19.
D.To promote the commercialization of a new robot.
答案
1.C
2.B
3.A
4.A
Passage 7(2020江西重点中学联考I,B)
I wanted a change of pace, a break from routine. The past few years found me
working long hours at my marketing job while my husband, Steven, put in equally full
days as a physics tutor. We were both burned out from the constant boredom.
Vacation experiences at first glance seem a little difficult for us. How do you find
comfort in an ever-changing environment? And I, someone who enjoys more planned fun,
had to adapt.
But I was surprised at how easily I was able to adapt to a new mode of operation,
a more relaxed version of myself who wasn't worried where we'd park and sleep each
night. The fact that we both became so accustomed to sleeping in the back of a cargo
van is another surprise we experienced on this journey. The van was our main
transportation and, with a full-size bed in the back, it also provided us with a bit of
132 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
comfort that made us continue. At first, every sound outside was foreign, and we both
took longer to fall and stay asleep. But, after a couple of weeks into van life, we let the
sounds fade into soft background music.
Over the course of our seven-month trip, one of our big goals was to come away
from each park with one spectacular image. That shared goal placed us on the same team:
It brought us together, even more than before, gave us more to talk about, and
encouraged us to motivate each other along the way.
By this point, you're probably wondering how we paid for all of this, or maybe
you're assuming we come from wealthy backgrounds. The truth is, we actually managed
this entire adventure on a middle-class budget. Steven did part-time remote work about 10
hours per week for his employer from the road. I ended up finding some temporary jobs
through the trip. We also continued our photography business, setting up an online shop
to sell our landscapes.
We only visited some parks in the 48 states. And the experience would still be worth
every penny. It is really a chance to lose and find ourselves in our nation's park lands.
1.Why did the author want to change?
A.Because she wanted a rest from daily routine.
B.Because she was interested in traveling.
C.Because she fell ill with long working hours.
D.Because she didn't like her marketing job.
2.What did the author think of the vacation before the journey?
A.Exciting. B.Helpful.
C.Doubtful. D.Boring.
3.What can we infer from the last but one paragraph?
A.The couple visited 48 states during the trip.
B.The couple tried different jobs to maintain their trip.
C.The husband worked harder than the wife.
D.The couple came from a middle-class family.
4.What is the passage mainly about?
A.Introducing a couple's daily life.
B.Sharing a couple's travel experiences.
C.Showing the importance of traveling.
D.Advising some travel plans to readers.
答案
1.A
2.C
3.B
4.B
Passage 8(2019四川成都外国语学校一诊,C)
David Rees runs a truly distinctive business. He charges customers $15 to sharpen
their pencils to perfection, using a variety of tools.
I know what you're thinking—is this a joke? The 39-year-old gets asked that question
a lot. To clarify everything, he even created a special section on his website telling
everyone he's actually providing a real service.
133 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
You can supply your own pencil or you can have Rees sharpen one of his own
favorite 2B pencils. After that, he mails it to you in a display tube with the shavings in
a separate bag, and an authentic certificate which just happens to mention the pencil is so
sharp as to be a dangerous object.
To achieve the desirable result, Rees uses all kinds of tools, including general
sandpaper, pocket knives and even a special$450 sharpening machine. “It depends on
what the customer wants to use his/her pencil for,” he says. “That determines the most
appropriate pencil-sharpening technique. Some customers buy pencils as inspirational
symbols while others buy them because of their special memories of classic 2B pencils.”
$15 to have a pencil sharpened is a bit expensive though, right? You're not the only
one who feels that way, and David's unique business has really angered lots of people,
who talk of inequality in America, saying it is so insane for the wealthy to pay $15 to
sharpen a pencil. But others will say, “This is just our urge to put an end to the
welfare state because new ideas arise along with the business.”
David admits his trade is sort of unusual. But there are those who actually value his
service, as is proven by the over 500 orders he has gotten.
1.How could David make money by sharpening pencils?
A.He invented new tools for the job.
B.He promoted his skills on his website.
C.He saved lots of time for other people.
D.He provided quality service for his customers.
2.From his words, we can infer that David Rees .
A.knows all kinds of pencil users
B.provides personalized services
C.values ideas behind the pencils
D.always writes with pencils
3.What does the underlined word “insane”(in Paragraph 5)mean?
A.Deliberate.
B.Rewarding.
C.Unreasonable.
D.Irresponsible.
4.What seems to be the author's attitude to David Rees' trade?
A.It's a fancy service.
B.It has a good reputation.
C.It's awfully expensive.
D.It wastes time and money.
答案
1.D
2.B
3.C
4.A
— 一年原创 —
134 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
Passage 1(2021 5·3原创题)
As we get older, some people may become less curious about the universe, but for
children it can be a truly appealing place to exist in. In outer space are a large number
of beautiful objects and alien worlds, most of which we don't fully understand and can't
describe in detail, but they're all very interesting for children. This is what author Will
Gater has tried to explain in The Mysteries of the Universe, a book with illustrations and
eye-catching photos of objects found right across the universe.
The book begins right here with our planet—the Earth, exploring what you can see
with the naked eye from the ground. Gater takes us on a journey from the centre of our
solar system, exploring the Moon, the Sun, the planets and other objects, right out to the
edge of interstellar(星际的)space. From there we explore exoplanets(地外行星), giant stars,
and black holes, and then we're taken billions of light years away, past other galaxies to
the furthest reaches of space that we've ever observed.
Each object is described in language that anyone can understand, and explained with
facts and statistics that give you a real sense of the scale and majesty of space. The
pictures in it help explain Gater's points, but often all that is needed is a large photo of
the object, usually taken by one of NASA's telescopes or another space agency.
It's such an accessible and fun book to read,one that's especially suitable for younger
readers who might be starting an astronomy hobby. Whether they have a special interest
in space or not, it's bound to fire their imaginations. We can't imagine anyone who don't
like to read or enjoy the amazing mysteries of the universe.
1.What is the purpose of the first paragraph?
A.To advertise a book.
B.To persuade people to explore the universe.
C.To inspire readers to read books.
D.To introduce the topic of the passage.
2.What does the book The Mysteries of the Universe start with?
A.The Moon. B.The Earth.
C.The Sun. D.The black holes.
3.What can we learn from the passage?
A.The book is not a little accessible and fun.
B.The book was written in complex English.
C.Our journey to the universe is challenging.
D.There are some aliens in outer space.
4.Why did Will Gater use many pictures in his book?
A.To make readers sense the size of space.
B.To make his book appealing.
C.To explain his viewpoint.
D.To fire readers' imaginations.
答案
1.D
2.B
3.A
135 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
4.C
Passage 2(2021 5·3原创题)
Chinese Festival
As an ancient country, China has various festivals in all.
The Spring Festival
In the evening before the Spring Festival, the family get together to have a big meal.
Dumplings are the most traditional food. Besides delicious food and new clothes, children
also get lucky money from their parents. People also put Chinese New Year scrolls(春联)
on the wall for good fortune.
The Lantern(灯笼) Festival
During this festival, there is special food, called “tang yuan”, which is said to
symbolize both the first full moon and family completeness. Part of the lantern festival
tradition involves a game to guess riddles attached to the lantern. Stilt-walking(踩高跷),
drumming, dragon and lion dancing are the main entertainment forms of the Lantern
Festival.
The Duanwu Festival
Also called the Dragon Boat Festival,it is to commemorate(纪念) the patriotic poet Qu
Yuan, a loyal and highly esteemed minister, who brought peace and prosperity to the state
but ended up drowning himself in a river as a result of being vilified(污蔑,诽谤).
The Double Seventh Festival
On the 7th day of the 7th lunar month, there is a traditional festival full of romance.
It celebrates the annual meeting of Niu Lang(Cowherd) and Zhi nü(Weaver Maid). In
recent years, in particular, urban youths have celebrated it as Valentine's Day(情人节) in
China.
The Mid-Autumn Festival
It is a conventional festival for both the Han and minority nationalities in China. The
custom of worshipping the moon can be traced back to the ancient Xia and Shang
Dynasties. The Mid-Autumn Festival is also a holiday for members of a family to get
together.
The Double Ninth Festival
On the ninth day of the ninth month in the Chinese lunar calendar, people celebrate
the Double Ninth Festival. Later, the tradition develops into the custom of climbing the
mountains and eating double-ninth cakes, which means that our life will become better
and better.
1.Which is not involved in the entertainments of the Lantern Festival?
A.Stilt-walking.
B.Dragon dancing.
C.Guessing riddles.
D.Delicious food and lucky money.
2.Which of the following tells about a Chinese ancestor who loved his homeland?
A.The Spring Festival. B.The Duanwu Festival.
C.The Double Seventh Festival. D.The Double Ninth Festival.
3.What is the unique feature of the Mid-Autumn Festival?
136 / 137北京曲一线图书策划有限公司 22版 《5年高考3年模拟 B
版》
A.Families' getting together.
B.A festival of the Han nationality.
C.Worshipping the moon.
D.Symbolizing the full moon.
答案
1.D
2.B
3.C
137 / 137